(ffap) <defface>: Add explicit face declaration.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17140 20945))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
75 the file name.
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
84
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
87
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
90
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
93
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
95
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
98
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
101
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
107
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
110
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
117
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
122
123 \(fn)" t nil)
124
125 ;;;***
126 \f
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17140 20951))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
130
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17205 6160))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
145
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17352 9346))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
161
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
163
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
167
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
169
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
176
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
178
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
181
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
183
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
186
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
191
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
195
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
199
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
201
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
206
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
209
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
211
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
215
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
219
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
223
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
226
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
228
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
233
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
236
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
244
245 \(fn)" t nil)
246
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
249
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
252
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
255
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
258
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
261
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
267
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
269
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
271
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
277
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
280
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
285
286 \(fn)" t nil)
287
288 ;;;***
289 \f
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17245
292 ;;;;;; 16459))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
294
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
305
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
307
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
318
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
333
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
337
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
341
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
356
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
361
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
364
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
367
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
370
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
375
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
382
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
386
387 ;;;***
388 \f
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17320 4537))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
393
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
401
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
405
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
410
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
412
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
424
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
427
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
432
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
481 ;;;;;; (17296 51181))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483
484 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
485 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
486
487 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
488 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
489
490 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
491 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
492 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
493 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
494 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
495 outline.)
496
497 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
498
499 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
500 - integral outline exposure-layout
501 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
502 - automatic topic-number maintenance
503 - easy topic encryption and decryption
504 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
505 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
506
507 and many other features.
508
509 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
510 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
511 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
512 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
513 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
514
515
516 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
517 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
518
519 Navigation: Exposure Control:
520 ---------- ----------------
521 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
522 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
523 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
524 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
525 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
526 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
527 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry,] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
528
529 Topic Header Production:
530 -----------------------
531 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
532 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
533 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
534
535 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
536 ---------------------------------
537 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
538 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
539 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
540 current topic.
541 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
542 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
543 alternated according to nesting depth.
544 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
545 offspring are not affected. With repeat
546 count, revoke numbering.
547
548 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
549 ----------------------------------
550 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
551 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
552 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
553 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
554 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
555 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
556
557 Misc commands:
558 -------------
559 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
560 and establish a default file-var setting
561 for `allout-layout'.
562 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
563 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
564 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
565 buffer with name derived from derived from that
566 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
567 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
568 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
569 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
570 format.
571 ESC ESC (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
572 auto-activation.
573
574 Encrypted Entries
575
576 Outline mode supports easily togglable gpg encryption of topics, with
577 niceties like support for symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout,
578 passphrase consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
579 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save. The aim is
580 to enable reliable topic privacy while preventing accidents like neglected
581 encryption, encryption with a mistaken passphrase, forgetting which
582 passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
583
584 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
585 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
586
587 HOT-SPOT Operation
588
589 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
590 navigation and exposure control.
591
592 \\<allout-mode-map>
593 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
594 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
595 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
596 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c C-f\"
597 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
598
599 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can execute
600 the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a single
601 keystroke. Non-literal chars never get this special translation, so
602 you can use them to get away from the hot-spot, and back to normal
603 operation.
604
605 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
606 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
607 beginning of the current entry, so you can simply hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
608 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
609
610 Terminology
611
612 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
613
614 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
615 contain other topics, and it can be subsumed by other topics,
616 CURRENT topic:
617 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
618 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
619 containment. Also called the:
620 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
621
622 ANCESTORS:
623 The topics that contain a topic.
624 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
625 the topic.
626 OFFSPRING:
627 The topics contained by a topic;
628 SUBTOPIC:
629 An immediate offspring of a topic;
630 CHILDREN:
631 The immediate offspring of a topic.
632 SIBLINGS:
633 Topics having the same parent and depth.
634
635 Topic text constituents:
636
637 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
638 text.
639 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
640 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
641 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
642 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
643 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
644
645 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
646 of the topic.
647 PREFIX-LEAD:
648 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
649 It can be customized by changing the setting of
650 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
651
652 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
653 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
654 program code without interfering with the language processing
655 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
656 docstring for more detail.
657 PREFIX-PADDING:
658 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
659 bullet, according to the depth of the topic.
660 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
661 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
662 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
663 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
664 bullet when generating varies in a cycle with the depth of the
665 topic.
666 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
667 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
668
669
670 EXPOSURE:
671 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
672 of its offspring and contained text.
673 CONCEALED:
674 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
675 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
676 (Ref the `selective-display' var.)
677
678 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
679 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
680 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
681
682 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
683
684 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
685
686 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
687 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
688
689 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
690 setup for auto-startup.
691
692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
693
694 ;;;***
695 \f
696 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
697 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17244 43756))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
699
700 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
701
702 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
703 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
704 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
705 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
706 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
707 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
708
709 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
710
711 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
712 Not documented
713
714 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
715
716 ;;;***
717 \f
718 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
719 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17239 32364))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
721
722 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
723 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
724 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
725 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
726 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
727 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
728 in the current window.
729
730 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
731
732 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
733 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
734 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
735
736 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
737
738 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
739 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
740 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
741
742 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
743
744 ;;;***
745 \f
746 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
747 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17185 27398))
748 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
749
750 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
751 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
752
753 \(fn)" t nil)
754
755 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
756 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
757
758 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
759 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
760 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
761 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
762
763 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
764 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
765
766 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
767
768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
769
770 ;;;***
771 \f
772 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
773 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17205 20021))
774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
775
776 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
777 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
778 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
779 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
780 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
781 \\[yank].
782
783 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
784 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
785 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
786 the rules.
787
788 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
789 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
790 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
791 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
792
793 \(fn)" t nil)
794
795 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
796 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
797 \\{antlr-mode-map}
798
799 \(fn)" t nil)
800
801 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
802 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
803 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
804
805 \(fn)" nil nil)
806
807 ;;;***
808 \f
809 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
810 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
811 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
812 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17307 14150))
813 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
814
815 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
816 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
817 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
818 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
819
820 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
821
822 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
823 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
824
825 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
826
827 (defvar appt-audible t "\
828 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
829
830 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
831
832 (defvar appt-visible t "\
833 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
834 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
835
836 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
837
838 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
839 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
840 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
841
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
843
844 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
845 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
846 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
847
848 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
849
850 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
851 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
852 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
853
854 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
855
856 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
857 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
858 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
859
860 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
861
862 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
863 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
864 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
865
866 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
867
868 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
869 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
870
871 \(fn)" t nil)
872
873 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
874 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
875 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
876 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
877 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
878 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
879 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
880
881 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
882 function.
883
884 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
885 appointment package (if it is not already active).
886
887 \(fn)" nil nil)
888
889 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
890 Toggle checking of appointments.
891 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
892 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
893
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
895
896 ;;;***
897 \f
898 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
899 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
900 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17328 26188))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
902
903 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
904 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
905 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
906 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
907
908 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
909 kind of objects to search.
910
911 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
912
913 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
914 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
915 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
916 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
917 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
918 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
919
920 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
921 normal variables.
922
923 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
924
925 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
926
927 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
928 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
929 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
930 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
931 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
932 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
933
934 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
935 noninteractive functions.
936
937 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
938 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
939
940 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
941 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
942
943 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
944
945 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
946 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
947
948 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
949
950 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
951 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
952 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
953 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
954
955 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
956 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
957 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
958 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
959
960 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
961 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
962
963 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
964
965 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
966
967 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
968 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
969 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
970 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
971 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
972 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
973
974 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
975 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
976 Returns list of symbols and values found.
977
978 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
979
980 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
981 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
982 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
983 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
984 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
985 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
986
987 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
988 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
989 bindings.
990 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
991
992 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
993
994 ;;;***
995 \f
996 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17379
997 ;;;;;; 25495))
998 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
999
1000 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1001 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1002 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1003 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1004 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1005 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1006
1007 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1008 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1009 archive.
1010
1011 \\{archive-mode-map}
1012
1013 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1014
1015 ;;;***
1016 \f
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 48216))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1019
1020 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1021 Major mode for editing arrays.
1022
1023 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1024 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1025 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1026
1027 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1028
1029 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1030 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1031 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1032
1033 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1034 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1035 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1036 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1037 The variables are:
1038
1039 Variables you assign:
1040 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1041 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1042 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1043 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1044 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1045 row numbers in the buffer.
1046
1047 Variables which are calculated:
1048 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1049 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1050
1051 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1052 take a numeric prefix argument):
1053
1054 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1055 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1056 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1057 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1058
1059 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1060 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1061 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1062 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1063
1064 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1065 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1066 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1067 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1068
1069 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1070 between that of point and mark.
1071
1072 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1073 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1074
1075 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1076 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1077 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1078 newlines inside rows)
1079
1080 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1081
1082 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1083
1084 \(fn)" t nil)
1085
1086 ;;;***
1087 \f
1088 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17239
1089 ;;;;;; 32406))
1090 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1091
1092 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1093 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1094 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1095 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1096
1097 How to quit artist mode
1098
1099 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1100
1101
1102 How to submit a bug report
1103
1104 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1105
1106
1107 Drawing with the mouse:
1108
1109 mouse-2
1110 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1111 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1112 below).
1113
1114 mouse-1
1115 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1116 or pastes:
1117
1118 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1119 --------------------------------------------------------------
1120 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1121 to new point
1122 --------------------------------------------------------------
1123 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1124 --------------------------------------------------------------
1125 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1126 --------------------------------------------------------------
1127 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1128 --------------------------------------------------------------
1129 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1130 --------------------------------------------------------------
1131 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1132 --------------------------------------------------------------
1133 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1134 --------------------------------------------------------------
1135 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1136 --------------------------------------------------------------
1137 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1138 lines
1139 --------------------------------------------------------------
1140 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1141 --------------------------------------------------------------
1142 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1143 --------------------------------------------------------------
1144 Paste Paste Paste
1145 --------------------------------------------------------------
1146 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1147 --------------------------------------------------------------
1148
1149 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1150 or diagonally.
1151
1152 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1153 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1154 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1155 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1156 poly-lines.
1157
1158 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1159 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1160 overwrite means the opposite.
1161
1162 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1163 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1164 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1165
1166 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1167
1168 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1169 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1170
1171 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1172 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1173 are currently drawing something.
1174
1175 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1176 some time to fill.
1177
1178
1179 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1180 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1181
1182
1183 Settings
1184
1185 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1186
1187 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1188
1189 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1190
1191 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1192
1193 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1194 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1195
1196 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1197
1198
1199 Drawing with keys
1200
1201 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1202 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1203 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1204 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1205 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1206 When pasting: Pastes
1207
1208 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1209
1210 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1211
1212 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1213 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1214 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1215 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1216 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1217 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1218
1219
1220 Arrows
1221
1222 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1223 of the line/poly-line
1224
1225 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1226 of the line/poly-line
1227
1228
1229 Selecting operation
1230
1231 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1232
1233 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1234 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1235 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1236 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1237 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1238 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1239 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1240 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1241 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1242 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1243 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1244 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1245 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1246 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1247 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1248 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1249 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1250 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1251 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1252 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1253
1254
1255 Variables
1256
1257 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1258 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1259
1260 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1261 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1262 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1263 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1264 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1265 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1266 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1267 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1268 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1269 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1270 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1271 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1272 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1273 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1274 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1275 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1276 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1277 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1278 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1279
1280 Hooks
1281
1282 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1283 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1284
1285
1286 Keymap summary
1287
1288 \\{artist-mode-map}
1289
1290 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1291
1292 ;;;***
1293 \f
1294 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17349
1295 ;;;;;; 14590))
1296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1297
1298 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1299 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1300 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1301
1302 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1303 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1304 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1305 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1306
1307 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1308 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1309
1310 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1311 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1312
1313 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1314
1315 Special commands:
1316 \\{asm-mode-map}
1317
1318 \(fn)" t nil)
1319
1320 ;;;***
1321 \f
1322 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1323 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1324 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1325
1326 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1327 Obsolete.")
1328
1329 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1330
1331 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1332 This command is obsolete.
1333
1334 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1335
1336 ;;;***
1337 \f
1338 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1339 ;;;;;; (17148 24940))
1340 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1341
1342 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1343 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1344 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1345
1346 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1347
1348 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1349
1350 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1351 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1352 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1353 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1354 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1355 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1356 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1357 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1358 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1359 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1360
1361 For example:
1362 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1363 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1364 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1365 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1366 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1367
1368 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1369
1370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1371
1372 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1373 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1374 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1376 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1377
1378 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1379
1380 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1381
1382 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1383 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1384 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1385 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1386 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1387 &c to supply digit arguments.
1388
1389 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1390
1391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1392
1393 ;;;***
1394 \f
1395 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1396 ;;;;;; (17185 27619))
1397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1398
1399 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1400 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1401
1402 \(fn)" t nil)
1403
1404 ;;;***
1405 \f
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1407 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17148 24940))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1409
1410 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1411 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1412 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1413
1414 \(fn)" t nil)
1415
1416 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1417 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1418 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1419 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1420
1421 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1422
1423 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1424 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1425 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1427 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1428
1429 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1430
1431 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1432
1433 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1434 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1435 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1436 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1437
1438 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1439 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1440
1441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1442
1443 ;;;***
1444 \f
1445 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1446 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1447 ;;;;;; (17298 27296))
1448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1449
1450 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1451 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1452 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1453 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1454 save the buffer too.
1455
1456 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1457
1458 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1459
1460 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1461 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1462 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1463 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1464 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1465 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1466
1467 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1468 directory or directories specified.
1469
1470 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1471
1472 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1473 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1474 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1475
1476 \(fn)" nil nil)
1477
1478 ;;;***
1479 \f
1480 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1481 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1482 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17148 24940))
1483 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1484
1485 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1486 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1487
1488 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1489 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1490 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1491 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1492 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1493
1494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1495
1496 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1497 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1498
1499 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1500 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1501
1502 \(fn)" nil nil)
1503
1504 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1505 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1506 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1507
1508 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1509 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1510 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1511 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1512 reflected in the current buffer.
1513
1514 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1515 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1516 writing before you save the file!
1517
1518 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1519
1520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1521
1522 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1523 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1524
1525 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1526 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1527
1528 \(fn)" nil nil)
1529
1530 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1531 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1532 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1534 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1535
1536 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1537
1538 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1539
1540 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1541 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1542
1543 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1544 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1545 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1546
1547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1548
1549 ;;;***
1550 \f
1551 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1552 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17148 24940))
1553 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1554
1555 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1556 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1557 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1559 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1560
1561 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1562
1563 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1564 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1565 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1566 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1567
1568 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1569 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1570 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1571
1572 Effects of the different modes:
1573 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1574 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1575 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1576 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1577 a random distance & direction.
1578 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1579 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1580 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1581
1582 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1583
1584 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1585 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1586 definition of \"random distance\".)
1587
1588 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1589
1590 ;;;***
1591 \f
1592 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1593 ;;;;;; (17148 25082))
1594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1595
1596 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1597 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1598
1599 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1600 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1601
1602 For example:
1603
1604 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1605 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1606 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1607 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1608
1609 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1610
1611 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1612
1613 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1614
1615 ;;;***
1616 \f
1617 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1618 ;;;;;; (17359 55783))
1619 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1620 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1621
1622 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1623 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1624 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1625 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1626
1627 \(fn)" t nil)
1628
1629 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1630 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1631 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1634
1635 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1636
1637 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1638
1639 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1640 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1641 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1642 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1643 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1644 seconds.
1645
1646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1647
1648 ;;;***
1649 \f
1650 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1651 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17148 25082))
1652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1653
1654 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1655 Time execution of FORMS.
1656 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1657 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1658 FORMS once.
1659 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1660 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1661 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1662
1663 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1664
1665 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1666 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1667 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1668 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1669 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1670
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1672
1673 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1674 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1675 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1676 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1677 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1678
1679 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1680
1681 ;;;***
1682 \f
1683 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17359
1684 ;;;;;; 55795))
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1686
1687 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1688 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1689
1690 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1691
1692 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1693 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1694 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1695 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1696
1697 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1698 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1699 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1700 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1701 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1702
1703 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1704 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1705
1706
1707 Special information:
1708
1709 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1710
1711 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1712 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1713 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1714 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1715 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1716 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1717 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1718 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1719 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1720 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1721 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1722
1723 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1724 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1725 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1726 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1727 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1728 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1729 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1730 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1731
1732 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1733
1734 ----------------------------------------------------------
1735 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1736 if that value is non-nil.
1737
1738 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1739
1740 \(fn)" t nil)
1741
1742 ;;;***
1743 \f
1744 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1745 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1746 ;;;;;; (17148 25105))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1748
1749 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1750
1751 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1752 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1753 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1754
1755 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1756
1757 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1758 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1759
1760 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1761
1762 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1763 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1764
1765 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1766
1767 ;;;***
1768 \f
1769 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17246
1770 ;;;;;; 40260))
1771 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1772
1773 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1774 Play blackbox.
1775 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1776
1777 What is blackbox?
1778
1779 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1780 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1781 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1782 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1783 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1784 your score.
1785
1786 Overview of play:
1787
1788 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1789 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1790 four.
1791
1792 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1793 movement keys.
1794
1795 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1796 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1797
1798 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1799 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1800
1801 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1802 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1803 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1804 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1805 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1806 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1807
1808 Details:
1809
1810 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1811
1812 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1813 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1814 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1815 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1816
1817 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1818 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1819 denoted by the letter `R'.
1820
1821 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1822 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1823 denoted by the letter `H'.
1824
1825 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1826 example.
1827
1828 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1829 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1830 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1831 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1832 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1833 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1834 ray.
1835
1836 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1837 degree deflection it causes.
1838
1839 1
1840 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1841 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1842 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1843 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1844 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1845 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1846 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1847 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1848 2 3
1849
1850 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1851 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1852
1853
1854 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1855 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1856 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1857 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1858 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1859 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1860 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1861 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1862
1863 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1864 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1865 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1866 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1867 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1868 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1869 emerging from the box.
1870
1871 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1872
1873 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1874 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1875 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1876 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1877 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1878 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1879 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1880 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1881
1882 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1883 a reflection.
1884
1885 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1886
1887 ;;;***
1888 \f
1889 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1890 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1891 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1892 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17270 26061))
1893 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1894 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1895 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1896 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1897
1898 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1899 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1900 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1901 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1902 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1903 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1904 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1905 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1906 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1907 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1908 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1909 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1910 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1911 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1912 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1913 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1914 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1915 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1916 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1917
1918 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1919 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1920 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1921 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1922 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1923 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1924 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1925 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1926 recent one.
1927
1928 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1929 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1930 yank successive words.
1931
1932 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1933 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1934 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1935 name of the file being visited.
1936
1937 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1938 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1939 the list of bookmarks.)
1940
1941 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1942
1943 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1944 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1945 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1946 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1947 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1948 this.
1949
1950 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1951 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1952 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1953 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1954
1955 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1956
1957 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1958 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1959 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1960 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1961 after a bookmark was set in it.
1962
1963 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1964
1965 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1966 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1967 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1968 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1969
1970 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1971
1972 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1973
1974 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1975 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1976 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1977 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1978
1979 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1980 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1981 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1982
1983 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1984 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1985 name.
1986
1987 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1988
1989 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1990 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1991 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1992 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1993 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1994 this.
1995
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1997
1998 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1999 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2000 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2001 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2002 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2003 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2004 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2005 probably because we were called from there.
2006
2007 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2008
2009 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2010 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2011 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2012
2013 \(fn)" t nil)
2014
2015 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2016 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2017 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2018 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2019 \(second argument).
2020
2021 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2022 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2023 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2024 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2025 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2026
2027 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2028 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2029 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2030 `bookmark-default-file'.
2031
2032 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2033
2034 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2035 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2036 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2037 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2038 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2039 while loading.
2040
2041 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2042 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2043 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2044 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2045 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2046 explicitly.
2047
2048 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2049 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2050 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2051 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2052
2053 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2054
2055 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2056 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2057 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2058 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2059 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2060
2061 \(fn)" t nil)
2062
2063 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2064
2065 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2066
2067 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2068
2069 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2070
2071 ;;;***
2072 \f
2073 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2074 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2075 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2076 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2077 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2078 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2079 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2080 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2081 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2082 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17279 31149))
2083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2084
2085 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2086 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2087 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2088 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2089
2090 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2091 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2092 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2093 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2094 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2095
2096 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2097
2098 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2099 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2100
2101 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2102
2103 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2104 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2105
2106 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2107
2108 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2109 Not documented
2110
2111 \(fn)" nil nil)
2112
2113 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2114 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2115 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2116 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2117 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2118 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2119
2120 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2121
2122 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2123 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2124 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2125 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2126 narrowed.
2127
2128 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2129
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2131 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2132
2133 \(fn)" t nil)
2134
2135 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2136 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2137
2138 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2139
2140 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2141 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2142 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2143 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2144
2145 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2146
2147 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2148 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2149 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2150 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2151
2152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2153
2154 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2156 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2157 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2158 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2159 to use.
2160
2161 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2162
2163 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2164 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2165 Default to the URL around or before point.
2166
2167 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2168 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2169 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2170 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2171
2172 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2173 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2174
2175 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2176 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2177 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2178
2179 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2180
2181 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2184 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2185
2186 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2187 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2188 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2189 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2190
2191 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2192 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2193 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2194
2195 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2196 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2197
2198 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2202 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2203 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2204
2205 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2206 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2207 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2208 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2209
2210 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2211 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2212 new tab in an existing window instead.
2213
2214 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2215 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2216
2217 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2218
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2220 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2221 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2222 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2223 Firefox.
2224
2225 When called interactively, if variable
2226 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2227 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2228 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2229 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2230
2231 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2234
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2236 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2237
2238 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2239 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2240 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2241 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2242 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2243 URL in a new window.
2244
2245 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2246
2247 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2248 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2249 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2250 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2251
2252 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2253 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2254 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2255 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2256
2257 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2258 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2259 new tab in an existing window instead.
2260
2261 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2262 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2263
2264 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2265
2266 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2268 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2269 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2270
2271 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2272 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2273 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2274 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2275
2276 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2277 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278
2279 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2280
2281 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2282 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2283
2284 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2285 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2286 program is invoked according to the variable
2287 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2288
2289 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2290 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2291 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2292 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2293
2294 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2295 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2296
2297 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2298
2299 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2300 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2301 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2302 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2303
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2305
2306 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2308 Default to the URL around or before point.
2309
2310 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2311 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2312 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2313
2314 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2315 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2316 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2317 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318
2319 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2320 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321
2322 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2323
2324 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point.
2327
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point.
2333
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2336 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2342
2343 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2345 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2346 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2347
2348 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2349
2350 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2351 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2352 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2353 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2354 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2355
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2361 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2362
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2365 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2366 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point.
2376
2377 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2378
2379 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2380 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2381 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2382 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2383 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2384 current one.
2385
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2388 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2389 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2399 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2400 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2401 don't offer a form of remote control.
2402
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2404
2405 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2407 Default to the URL around or before point.
2408
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410
2411 ;;;***
2412 \f
2413 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17140
2414 ;;;;;; 20945))
2415 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2416
2417 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2418 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2419
2420 \(fn)" t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2423 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2424
2425 \(fn)" nil nil)
2426
2427 ;;;***
2428 \f
2429 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2430 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17375 39071))
2431 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2432
2433 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2434 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2435 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2436 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2437
2438 \(fn)" t nil)
2439
2440 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2441 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2442 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2443 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2444
2445 \(fn)" t nil)
2446
2447 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2448 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2449
2450 \(fn)" t nil)
2451
2452 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2453 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2454 \\<bs-mode-map>
2455 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2456 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2457 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2458 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2459
2460 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2461 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2462 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2463 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2464 name of buffer configuration.
2465
2466 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2467
2468 ;;;***
2469 \f
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2471 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17328
2472 ;;;;;; 38637))
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2474
2475 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2476 Keymap used by buttons.")
2477
2478 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2479 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2480 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2481
2482 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2483 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2484 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2485 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2486 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2487 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2488
2489 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2490 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2491 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2492 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2493
2494 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2495
2496 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2497 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2498 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2499 specifying properties to add to the button.
2500 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2501 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2502 `define-button-type'.
2503
2504 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2505
2506 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2507
2508 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2509 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2510 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2511 specifying properties to add to the button.
2512 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2513 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2514 `define-button-type'.
2515
2516 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2517
2518 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2519
2520 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2521 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2522 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2523 specifying properties to add to the button.
2524 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2525 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2526 `define-button-type'.
2527
2528 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2529 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2530 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2531 `make-text-button'.
2532
2533 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2534
2535 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2536
2537 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2538 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2539 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2540 specifying properties to add to the button.
2541 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2542 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2543 `define-button-type'.
2544
2545 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2546 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2547 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2548 `insert-text-button'.
2549
2550 Also see `make-text-button'.
2551
2552 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2553
2554 ;;;***
2555 \f
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2557 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2558 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2559 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2560 ;;;;;; (17351 57359))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2562
2563 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2564 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2565 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2566
2567 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2568
2569 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2570 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2571 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2572 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2573
2574 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2575 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2576 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2577 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2578 whether to compile it.
2579
2580 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2581
2582 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2583 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2584
2585 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2586
2587 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2588 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2589 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2590 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2591 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2592
2593 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2594
2595 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2596 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2597 Print the result in the echo area.
2598 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2599
2600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2601
2602 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2603 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2604 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2605
2606 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2607
2608 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2609 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2610 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2611 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2612 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2613 all functions called by those functions.
2614
2615 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2616 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2617 cons, etc.).
2618
2619 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2620 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2621 invoked interactively.
2622
2623 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2624
2625 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2626 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2627 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2628 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2629
2630 \(fn)" nil nil)
2631
2632 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2633 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2634 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2635 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2636 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2637 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2638 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2639 already up-to-date.
2640
2641 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2642
2643 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2644 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2645 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2646 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2647
2648 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2649 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2650 and corresponding effects.
2651
2652 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2653
2654 ;;;***
2655 \f
2656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17307 14150))
2657 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2658
2659 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2660
2661 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2662
2663 ;;;***
2664 \f
2665 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2666 ;;;;;; (17307 14150))
2667 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2668
2669 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2670 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2671 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2672 from the cursor position.
2673
2674 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2675
2676 ;;;***
2677 \f
2678 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2679 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2680 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2681 ;;;;;; (17291 34530))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2683
2684 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2685 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2686
2687 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2688 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2689
2690 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2691 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2692
2693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2694
2695 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2696 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2697
2698 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2699
2700 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2701 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2702
2703 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2704
2705 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2706 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2707
2708 \(fn)" t nil)
2709
2710 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2711 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2712 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2713 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2714
2715 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2716
2717 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2719 This is most useful in the X window system.
2720 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2721 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2722
2723 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2724
2725 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2726 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2727 See calc-keypad for details.
2728
2729 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2730
2731 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2732 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2733
2734 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2735
2736 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2737 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2738
2739 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2740
2741 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2742 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2743
2744 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2745
2746 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2747 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2748 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2749
2750 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2751
2752 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2753 Not documented
2754
2755 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2756
2757 ;;;***
2758 \f
2759 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17148
2760 ;;;;;; 24944))
2761 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2762
2763 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2764 Run the Emacs calculator.
2765 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2766
2767 \(fn)" t nil)
2768
2769 ;;;***
2770 \f
2771 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2772 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2773 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2774 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2775 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2776 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2777 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2778 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2779 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2780 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2781 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2782 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2783 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2784 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2785 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2786 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2787 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2788 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17366 25839))
2789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2790
2791 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2792 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2793 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2794 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2795 the screen.")
2796
2797 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2798
2799 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2800 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2801 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2802 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2803 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2804 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2805
2806 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2807
2808 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2809 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2810 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2811
2812 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2813
2814 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2815 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2816 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2817
2818 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2819
2820 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2821 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2822 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2823 displayed.")
2824
2825 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2826
2827 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2828 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2829 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2830
2831 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2832
2833 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2834 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2835 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2836
2837 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2838
2839 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2840
2841 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2842 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2843 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2844
2845 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2846 calendar.")
2847
2848 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2849
2850 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2851 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2852 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2853
2854 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2855 calendar.")
2856
2857 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2858
2859 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2860 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2861 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2862
2863 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2864 calendar.")
2865
2866 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2867
2868 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2869 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2870 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2871
2872 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2873
2874 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2875 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2876 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2877 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2878 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2879
2880 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2881
2882 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2883 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2884 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2885 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2886 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2887 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2888 a function is also provided for this:
2889 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2890
2891 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2892 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2893 date is not visible in the window.
2894
2895 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2896 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2897 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2898
2899 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2900
2901 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2902 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2903
2904 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2905 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2906 date is visible in the window.
2907
2908 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2909 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2910 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2911
2912 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2913
2914 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2915 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2916
2917 For example,
2918
2919 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2920
2921 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2922
2923 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2924
2925 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2926 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2927
2928 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2929 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2930
2931 MONTH/DAY
2932 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2933 MONTHNAME DAY
2934 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2935 DAYNAME
2936
2937 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2938 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2939 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2940 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2941 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2942 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2943 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2944 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2945 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2946 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2947 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2948 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2949 in every week.
2950
2951 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2952 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2953 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2954 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2955
2956 DAY/MONTH
2957 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2958 DAY MONTHNAME
2959 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2960 DAYNAME
2961
2962 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2963 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2964
2965 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2966 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2967 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2968 window but will appear in a diary window.
2969
2970 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2971 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2972
2973 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2974 entries (in the default American style):
2975
2976 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2977 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2978 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2979 21: Payday
2980 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2981 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2982 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2983 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2984 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2985 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2986 &* 15 time cards due.
2987
2988 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2989 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2990 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2991 single diary entry
2992
2993 02/11/1989
2994 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2995 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2996 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2997 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2998 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2999 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3000
3001 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3002 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3003 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3004
3005 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3006
3007 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3008
3009 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3010 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3011 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3012 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3013 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3014 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3015 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3016 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3017 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3018 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3019 details.
3020
3021 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3022 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3023 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3024 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3025 documentation for these functions for details.
3026
3027 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3028 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3029
3030 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3031
3032 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3033 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3034
3035 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3036
3037 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3038 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3039
3040 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3041
3042 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3043 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3044
3045 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3046
3047 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3048 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3049
3050 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3051
3052 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3053 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3054 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3055
3056 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3057
3058 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3059 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3060 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3061
3062 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3063
3064 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3065 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3066 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3067 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3068 full.")
3069
3070 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3071
3072 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3073 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3074 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3075 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3076 are
3077
3078 DAY/MONTH
3079 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3080 DAY MONTHNAME
3081 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3082 DAYNAME
3083
3084 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3085 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3086 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3087 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3088 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3089 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3090
3091 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3092
3093 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3094 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3095 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3096
3097 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3098
3099 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3100 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3101 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3102
3103 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3104
3105 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3106 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3107 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3108
3109 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3110
3111 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3112 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3113 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3114
3115 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3116
3117 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3118 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3119 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3120 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3121 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3122 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3123
3124 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3125
3126 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3127 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3128 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3129
3130 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3131 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3132 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3133 of the form
3134
3135 #include \"filename\"
3136
3137 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3138 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3139 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3140 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3141 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3142
3143 For example, you could use
3144
3145 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3146 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3147 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3148
3149 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3150 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3151 lexicographic order.")
3152
3153 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3154
3155 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3156 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3157 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3158
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3160
3161 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3162 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3163 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3164 diary display.
3165
3166 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3167 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3168 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3169 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3170 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3171 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3172 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3173
3174 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3175 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3176 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3177 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3178 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3179 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3180 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3181 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3182
3183 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3184
3185 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3186 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3187 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3188 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3189 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3190 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3191 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3192
3193 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3194
3195 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3196 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3197
3198 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3199 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3200 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3201 of the form
3202 #include \"filename\"
3203 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3204 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3205 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3206 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3207 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3208
3209 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3210
3211 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3212 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3213 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3214 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3215 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3216 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3217 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3218
3219 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3220
3221 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3222 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3223 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3224 are holidays.")
3225
3226 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3227
3228 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3229 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3230 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3231 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3232 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3233
3234 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3235
3236 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3237
3238 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3239 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3240 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3241
3242 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3243
3244 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3245
3246 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3247 Oriental holidays.
3248 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3249
3250 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3251
3252 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3253
3254 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3255 Local holidays.
3256 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3257
3258 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3259
3260 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3261
3262 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3263 User defined holidays.
3264 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3265
3266 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3267
3268 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3269
3270 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3271
3272 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3273
3274 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3275
3276 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3277
3278 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3279
3280 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3281
3282 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3283
3284 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3285
3286 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3287 Jewish holidays.
3288 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3289
3290 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3291
3292 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3293
3294 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3295 Christian holidays.
3296 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3297
3298 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3299
3300 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3301
3302 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3303 Islamic holidays.
3304 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3305
3306 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3307
3308 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3309
3310 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3311 Baha'i holidays.
3312 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3313
3314 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3315
3316 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3317
3318 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3319 Sun-related holidays.
3320 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3321
3322 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3323
3324 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3325
3326 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3327 The frame setup of the calendar.
3328 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3329 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3330 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3331 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3332 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3333
3334 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3335
3336 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3337 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3338 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3339
3340 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3341 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3342
3343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3344
3345 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3346 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3347 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3348
3349 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3350 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3351 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3352 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3353
3354 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3355
3356 ;;;***
3357 \f
3358 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3359 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17148 25106))
3360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3361
3362 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3363 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3364
3365 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3366
3367 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3368 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3369 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3370 it fails.
3371
3372 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3373
3374 ;;;***
3375 \f
3376 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3377 ;;;;;; (17315 15382))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3379
3380 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3381 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3382
3383 \(fn)" nil nil)
3384
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3388 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3389 ;;;;;; (17296 51210))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3391
3392 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3393 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3394 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3395 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3396 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3397 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3398 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3399
3400 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3401
3402 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3403 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3404 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3405 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3406 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3407 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3408 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3409 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3410
3411 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3412 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3413 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3414 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3415 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3416 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3417
3418 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3419
3420 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3421 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3422
3423 Key bindings:
3424 \\{c-mode-map}
3425
3426 \(fn)" t nil)
3427
3428 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3429 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3430
3431 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3432 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3433 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3434 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3435 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3436 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3437 message.
3438
3439 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3440
3441 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3442 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3443
3444 Key bindings:
3445 \\{c++-mode-map}
3446
3447 \(fn)" t nil)
3448
3449 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3450 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3451 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3452
3453 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3454 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3455 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3456 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3457 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3458 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3459 message.
3460
3461 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3462
3463 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3464 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3465
3466 Key bindings:
3467 \\{objc-mode-map}
3468
3469 \(fn)" t nil)
3470
3471 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3472 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3473 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3474
3475 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3476 Major mode for editing Java code.
3477 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3478 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3479 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3480 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3481 message.
3482
3483 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3484
3485 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3486 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3487
3488 Key bindings:
3489 \\{java-mode-map}
3490
3491 \(fn)" t nil)
3492
3493 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3494 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3495 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3496
3497 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3498 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3499 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3500 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3501 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3502 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3503 message.
3504
3505 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3506
3507 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3508 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3509
3510 Key bindings:
3511 \\{idl-mode-map}
3512
3513 \(fn)" t nil)
3514
3515 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3516 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3517 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3518 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3519
3520 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3522 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3523 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3524 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3525 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3526 message.
3527
3528 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3529
3530 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3531 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3532
3533 Key bindings:
3534 \\{pike-mode-map}
3535
3536 \(fn)" t nil)
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3542 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3543
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3547 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17296 51210))
3548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3549
3550 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3551 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3552 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3553 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3554
3555 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3556
3557 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3558 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3559 might get set too.
3560
3561 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3562 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3563 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3564 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3565 way.
3566
3567 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3568 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3569 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3570 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3571 a null operation.
3572
3573 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3574
3575 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3576 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3577 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3578 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3579
3580 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3581
3582 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3583 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3584 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3585
3586 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3587
3588 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3589 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3590 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3591 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3592 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3593
3594 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3595
3596 ;;;***
3597 \f
3598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17296
3599 ;;;;;; 15980))
3600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3601 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3602
3603 ;;;***
3604 \f
3605 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3606 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3607 ;;;;;; (17102 18708))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3609
3610 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3611 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3612
3613 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3614
3615 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3616 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3617
3618 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3619
3620 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3621 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3622
3623 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3624 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3625 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3626 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3627 execution.
3628
3629 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3630
3631 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3632
3633 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3634 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3635
3636 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3637 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3638 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3639 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3640
3641 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3642 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3643 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3644 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3645 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3646 `write' commands.
3647
3648 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3649 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3650 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3651 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3652
3653 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3654 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3655 semantics.
3656
3657 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3658
3659 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3660
3661 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3662
3663 STATEMENT :=
3664 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3665 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3666
3667 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3668 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3669 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3670 | integer
3671
3672 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3673
3674 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3675 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3676 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3677
3678 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3679 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3680 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3681
3682 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3683 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3684
3685 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3686 BREAK := (break)
3687
3688 REPEAT :=
3689 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3690 (repeat)
3691 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3692 ;; (repeat))
3693 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3694 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3695 ;; (read REG)
3696 ;; (repeat))
3697 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3698 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3699 ;; (read REG)
3700 ;; (repeat))
3701 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3702
3703 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3704 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3705 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3706 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3707 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3708 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3709 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3710 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3711 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3712 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3713 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3714 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3715 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3716 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3717 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3718 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3719
3720 WRITE :=
3721 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3722 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3723 ;; representation.
3724 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3725 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3726 ;; (write r7))
3727 | (write EXPRESSION)
3728 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3729 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3730 ;; representation.
3731 | (write integer)
3732 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3733 ;; buffer.
3734 | (write string)
3735 ;; Same as: (write string)
3736 | string
3737 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3738 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3739 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3740 ;; representation.
3741 | (write REG ARRAY)
3742 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3743 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3744 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3745 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3746 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3747 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3748
3749 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3750 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3751
3752 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3753 END := (end)
3754
3755 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3756 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3757 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3758
3759 ARG := REG | integer
3760
3761 OPERATOR :=
3762 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3763 + | - | * | / | %
3764
3765 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3766 | & | `|' | ^
3767
3768 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3769 | << | >>
3770
3771 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3772 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3773 | <8
3774
3775 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3776 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3777 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3778 | >8
3779
3780 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3781 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3782 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3783 | //
3784
3785 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3786 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3787
3788 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3789 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3790 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3791 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3792 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3793 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3794 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3795 | de-sjis
3796
3797 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3798 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3799 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3800 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3801 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3802 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3803 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3804 ;; byte of SJIS.
3805 | en-sjis
3806
3807 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3808 ;; Same meaning as C code
3809 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3810
3811 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3812 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3813 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3814 | <8=
3815
3816 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3817 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3818 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3819
3820 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3821 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3822 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3823 | //=
3824
3825 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3826
3827
3828 TRANSLATE :=
3829 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3830 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3831 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3832 LOOKUP :=
3833 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3834 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3835 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3836 MAP :=
3837 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3838 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3839 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3840 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3841 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3842 MAP-ID := integer
3843
3844 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3845
3846 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3847 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3848 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3849 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3850 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3851 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3852
3853 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3854
3855 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3856 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3857 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3858
3859 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3860
3861 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3862
3863 ;;;***
3864 \f
3865 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3866 ;;;;;; (17140 20960))
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3868
3869 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3870 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3871 There are no special keybindings by default.
3872
3873 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3874 to the action header.
3875
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3877
3878 ;;;***
3879 \f
3880 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3881 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3882 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3883 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3884 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3888 ;;;;;; (17239 32275))
3889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3890
3891 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3892 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3893 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3894 the users will view as each check is completed.
3895
3896 \(fn)" t nil)
3897
3898 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3899 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3900 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3901 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3902 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3903 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3904 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3905 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3906
3907 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3908
3909 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3910 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3911 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3912 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3913 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3914 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3915 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3916 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3917
3918 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3921 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3922 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3923 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3924 spacing are all verified.
3925
3926 \(fn)" t nil)
3927
3928 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3929 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3930 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3931 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3932 otherwise stop after the first error.
3933
3934 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3935
3936 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3937 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3938 Only documentation strings are checked.
3939 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3941 a separate buffer.
3942
3943 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3944
3945 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3946 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3948 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3949 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3950
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3952
3953 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3954 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3955 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3956 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3957 if there is one.
3958
3959 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3960
3961 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3962 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3963 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3964 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3965 if there is one.
3966 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3967
3968 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3971 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3972 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3973
3974 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3975
3976 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3977 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3978 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3979 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3980 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3981
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3985 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3986 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3987 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3988 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3989 space at the end of each line.
3990
3991 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3992
3993 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3994 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3995 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3996 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3997
3998 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3999
4000 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4001 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4002 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4003 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4004
4005 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4006
4007 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4008 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4009 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4010 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4011
4012 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4013
4014 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4015 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4016 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4017 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4018
4019 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4020
4021 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4022 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4023 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4024 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4025
4026 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4027
4028 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4029 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4030 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4031 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4032
4033 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4034
4035 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4036 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4037 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4038 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4039
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4041
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4044 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4045 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4046
4047 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4048
4049 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4050 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4051 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4053
4054 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4055
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4058 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4059
4060 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4061 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4062 checking of documentation strings.
4063
4064 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4065
4066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4067
4068 ;;;***
4069 \f
4070 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4071 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17246
4072 ;;;;;; 40257))
4073 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4074
4075 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4076 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4077 Return the length of resulting text.
4078
4079 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4080
4081 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4082 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4083
4084 \(fn)" t nil)
4085
4086 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4087 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4088 Return the length of resulting text.
4089
4090 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4091
4092 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4093 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4094
4095 \(fn)" t nil)
4096
4097 ;;;***
4098 \f
4099 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4100 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17148 24944))
4101 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4102
4103 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4104 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4105 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4106 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4107 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4108 editing and the result is evaluated.
4109
4110 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4111
4112 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4113 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4114 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4115 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4116 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4117
4118 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4119
4120 \(fn)" t nil)
4121
4122 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4123 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4124 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4125 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4126 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4127
4128 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4129 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4130 \\{command-history-map}
4131
4132 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4133 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4134
4135 \(fn)" t nil)
4136
4137 ;;;***
4138 \f
4139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17374 39354))
4140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4141
4142 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4148
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4151
4152 ;;;***
4153 \f
4154 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4155 ;;;;;; (17148 25088))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4157
4158 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4159 Not documented
4160
4161 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4162
4163 ;;;***
4164 \f
4165 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4166 ;;;;;; (17205 6162))
4167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4168
4169 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4170 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4171 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4172 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4173
4174 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4175 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4176 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4177 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4178
4179 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4180 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4181
4182 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4183
4184 ;;;***
4185 \f
4186 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17148
4187 ;;;;;; 24945))
4188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4189
4190 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4191 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4192 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4193 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4194 of `scheme-program-name').
4195 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4196 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4197 discards input when it starts up.
4198 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4199 is run).
4200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4201
4202 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4203 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4204
4205 ;;;***
4206 \f
4207 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4208 ;;;;;; (17363 41693))
4209 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4210
4211 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4212 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4213 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4214 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4215 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4216 ?* is used.
4217 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4218
4219 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4220 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4221 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4222 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4223 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4224 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4225 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4226 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4227 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4228 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4229 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4230 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4231 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4232 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4233 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4234 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4235 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4236 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4237 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4238 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4239 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4240 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4241 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4242 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4243 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4244 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4245 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4246 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4247 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4248 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4249 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4250 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4251 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4252 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4253 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4254 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4255 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4256 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4257 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4258 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4259 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4260 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4261 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4262 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4263
4264 ;;;***
4265 \f
4266 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4267 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4268 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17239 32321))
4269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4270
4271 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4272 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4273 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4274 ASCII table.
4275
4276 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4277 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4278 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4279 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4280
4281 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4282
4283 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4284 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4285 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4286
4287 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4288
4289 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4290 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4291 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4292
4293 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4294
4295 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4296 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4297 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4298
4299 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4300
4301 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4302 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4303
4304 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4305 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4306 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4307
4308 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4309 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4310
4311 \(fn)" nil nil)
4312
4313 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4314 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4315
4316 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4317 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4318 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4319
4320 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4321
4322 ;;;***
4323 \f
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4325 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4326 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4327 ;;;;;; (17277 6644))
4328 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4329
4330 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4331 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4332 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4333 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4334 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4335 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4336 functions have already modified the buffer.
4337
4338 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4339
4340 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4341 either globally or locally.")
4342
4343 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4344
4345 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4346 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4347 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4348 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4349 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4350 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4351 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4352 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4353
4354 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4355
4356 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4357
4358 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4359 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4360 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4361 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4362 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4363 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4364 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4365 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4366
4367 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4368
4369 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4370
4371 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4372 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4373 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4374 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4375 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4376 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4377
4378 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4379
4380 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4381 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4382 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4383 directory tracking functions.")
4384
4385 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4386 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4387 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4388
4389 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4390
4391 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4392
4393 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4394 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4395 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4396
4397 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4398
4399 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4400
4401 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4402 Send COMMAND to current process.
4403 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4404 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4405
4406 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4407
4408 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4409 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4410 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4411 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4412
4413 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4414
4415 ;;;***
4416 \f
4417 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17305
4418 ;;;;;; 44991))
4419 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4420
4421 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4422 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4423 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4424 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4425
4426 This command pushes the mark in each window
4427 at the prior location of point in that window.
4428 If both windows display the same buffer,
4429 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4430 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4431
4432 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4433 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4434 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4435 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4436 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4437 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4438 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4439 ignored.
4440
4441 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4442 this command work in interlaced mode:
4443 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4444 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4445 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4446
4447 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4448
4449 ;;;***
4450 \f
4451 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4452 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4453 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4454 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4455 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17310 14110))
4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4457
4458 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4459 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4460
4461 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4462
4463 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4464 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4465
4466 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4467
4468 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4469 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4470 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4471 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4472 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4473 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4474 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4475
4476 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4477 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4478 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4479 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4480 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4481
4482 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4483 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4484 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4485 describing how the process finished.")
4486
4487 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4488 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4489 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4490 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4491
4492 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4493 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4494 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4495
4496 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4497
4498 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4499 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4500 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4501 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4502
4503 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4504
4505 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4506 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4507
4508 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4509 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4510
4511 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4512 (lambda ()
4513 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4514 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4515 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4516 (concat \"make -k \"
4517 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4518
4519 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4520
4521 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4522 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4523 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4524 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4525
4526 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4527
4528 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4529 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4530 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4531 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4532
4533 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4534 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4535
4536 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4537 and move to the source code that caused it.
4538
4539 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4540 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4541 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4542 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4543
4544 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4545 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4546 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4547 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4548 subprocesses.
4549
4550 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4551 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4552 to a function that generates a unique name.
4553
4554 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4555
4556 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4557 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4558 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4559 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4560
4561 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4562 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4563 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4564 to determine the buffer name.
4565
4566 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4567 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4568 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4569
4570 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4571
4572 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4573
4574 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4575 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4576 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4577 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4578 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4579
4580 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4581
4582 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4583
4584 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4585
4586 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4587 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4588 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4589 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4590 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4591 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4592 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4593
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4595
4596 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4597 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4598 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4599 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4600 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4601 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4602
4603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4604
4605 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4606 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4607 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4608
4609 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4610
4611 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4612
4613 ;;;***
4614 \f
4615 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4616 ;;;;;; (17315 15381))
4617 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4618
4619 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4620 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4621 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4623 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4624
4625 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4626
4627 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4628
4629 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4630 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4631 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4632
4633 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4634 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4635 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4636 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4637
4638 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4639 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4640 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4641 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4642
4643 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4644 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4645 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4646 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4647
4648 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4649 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4650 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4651 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4652 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4653
4654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4655
4656 ;;;***
4657 \f
4658 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4659 ;;;;;; (17366 63944))
4660 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4661
4662 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4663 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4664 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4666 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4667
4668 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4669
4670 (put (quote dynamic-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4671
4672 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4673 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4674
4675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4676
4677 ;;;***
4678 \f
4679 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4680 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4681 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4682 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17318 56743))
4683 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4684
4685 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4686 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4687 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4688 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4689 `make-composition'.
4690
4691 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4692
4693 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4694 | | 1:tc or top-center
4695 | | 2:tr or top-right
4696 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4697 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4698 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4699 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4700 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4701 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4702
4703 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4704 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4705 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4706 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4707 be added.
4708
4709 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4710 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4711 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4712
4713 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4714 | | |
4715 | global| |
4716 | glyph | |
4717 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4718 +----+--*--+
4719 | | new |
4720 | |glyph|
4721 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4722 ")
4723
4724 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4725 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4726 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4727 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4728
4729 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4730
4731 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4732 Compose characters in the current region.
4733
4734 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4735 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4736
4737 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4738
4739 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4740 specifying the region.
4741
4742 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4743 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4744 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4745
4746 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4747 of the text in the region.
4748
4749 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4750
4751 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4752 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4753 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4754 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4755
4756 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4757 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4758 detail.
4759
4760 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4761 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4762 text in the composition.
4763
4764 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4767 Decompose text in the current region.
4768
4769 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4770 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4771
4772 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4773
4774 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4775 Compose characters in string STRING.
4776
4777 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4778 the characters in it.
4779
4780 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4781 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4782 STRING respectively.
4783
4784 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4785 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4786 `compose-region' for more detail.
4787
4788 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4789 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4790 text in the composition.
4791
4792 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4793
4794 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4795 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4796
4797 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4798
4799 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4800 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4801 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4802 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4803 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4804 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4805 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4806 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4807
4808 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4809
4810 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4811 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4812
4813 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4814 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4815
4816 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4817 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4818
4819 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4820 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4821
4822 If no composition is found, return nil.
4823
4824 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4825 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4826
4827 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4828 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4829 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4830
4831 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4832
4833 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4834
4835 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4836 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4837 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4838
4839 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4840
4841 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4842
4843 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4844
4845 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4846 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4847
4848 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4849 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4850 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4851 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4852 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4853 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4854 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4855 nil.
4856
4857 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4858 is:
4859 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4860 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4861
4862 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4863
4864 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4865 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4866
4867 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4868
4869 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4870
4871 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4872 Compose last characters.
4873 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4874 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4875 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4876 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4877 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4878 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4879 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4880 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4881 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4882 after a sequence of character events.
4883
4884 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4885 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4886
4887 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4888 Convert CHAR to string.
4889
4890 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4891 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4892 vector of CHAR respectively.
4893 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4894
4895 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4896
4897 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4898
4899 ;;;***
4900 \f
4901 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4902 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4903 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17251 52024))
4904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4905
4906 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4907 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4908 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4909 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4910 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4911 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4912 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4913
4914 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4915 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4916 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4917
4918 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4919 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4920 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4921
4922 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4923 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4924 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4925 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4926
4927 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4928 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4929 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4930 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4931 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4932 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4933 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4934
4935 \\{conf-mode-map}
4936
4937 \(fn)" t nil)
4938
4939 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4940 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4941 Comments start with `#'.
4942 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4943
4944 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4945
4946 \[Desktop Entry]
4947 Encoding=UTF-8
4948 Name=The GIMP
4949 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4950 Name[cs]=GIMP
4951
4952 \(fn)" t nil)
4953
4954 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4955 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4956 Comments start with `;'.
4957 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4958
4959 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4960
4961 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4962 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4963 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4964
4965 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4966 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4967
4968 \(fn)" t nil)
4969
4970 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4971 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4972 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4973 between `/*' and `*/'.
4974 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4975
4976 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4977 // another kind of comment
4978 /* yet another */
4979
4980 name:value
4981 name=value
4982 name value
4983 x.1 =
4984 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4985 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4986
4987 \(fn)" t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4990 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4991 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4992 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4993 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4994 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4995 the keywords.
4996
4997 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4998
4999 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5000
5001 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5002 image/png png
5003 image/tiff tiff tif
5004
5005 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5006 class desktop
5007 # Standard multimedia devices
5008 add /dev/audio desktop
5009 add /dev/mixer desktop
5010
5011 \(fn)" t nil)
5012
5013 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5014 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5015 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5016 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5017
5018 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5019
5020 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5021 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5022
5023 \(fn)" t nil)
5024
5025 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5026 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5027 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5028 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5029
5030 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5031
5032 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5033 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5034
5035 \(fn)" t nil)
5036
5037 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5038 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5039 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5040 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5041
5042 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5043
5044 *background: gray99
5045 *foreground: black
5046
5047 \(fn)" t nil)
5048
5049 ;;;***
5050 \f
5051 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5052 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17140 20945))
5053 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5054
5055 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5056 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5057 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5058 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5059
5060 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5061
5062 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5063 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5064 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5065 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5066
5067 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5068
5069 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5070 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5071 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5072 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5073
5074 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5075
5076 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5077 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5078
5079 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5080
5081 ;;;***
5082 \f
5083 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5084 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17148 25089))
5085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5086
5087 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5088 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5089 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5090 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5091 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5092 following the copyright are updated as well.
5093 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5094 interactively.
5095
5096 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5097
5098 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5099 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5100 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5101
5102 \(fn)" t nil)
5103
5104 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5105 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5106
5107 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5108
5109 ;;;***
5110 \f
5111 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5112 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
5113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5114
5115 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5116 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5117 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5118 Tab indents for Perl code.
5119 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5120 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5121
5122 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5123 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5124 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5125 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5126 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5127 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5128 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5129 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5130 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5131 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5132 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5133 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5134
5135 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5136
5137 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5138 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5139
5140 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5141
5142 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5143 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5144 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5145 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5146 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5147 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5148 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5149 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5150 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5151
5152 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5153
5154 bite if angry;
5155
5156 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5157 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5158 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5159 to nil.)
5160
5161 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5162 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5163 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5164
5165 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5166
5167 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5168 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5169 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5170 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5171 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5172
5173 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5174
5175 if (A) { B }
5176
5177 into
5178
5179 B if A;
5180
5181 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5182
5183 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5184 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5185 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5186 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5187 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5188 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5189 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5190 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5191 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5192 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5193 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5194 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5195 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5196
5197 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5198 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5199 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5200 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5201 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5202 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5203
5204 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5205 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5206 man via menu.
5207
5208 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5209 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5210 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5211 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5212 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5213
5214 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5215 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5216 span the needed amount of lines.
5217
5218 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5219 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5220 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5221 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5222
5223 Variables controlling indentation style:
5224 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5225 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5226 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5227 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5228 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5229 `cperl-auto-newline'
5230 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5231 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5232 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5233 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5234 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5235 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5236 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5237 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5238 `cperl-indent-level'
5239 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5240 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5241 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5242 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5243 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5244 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5245 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5246 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5247 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5248 `cperl-brace-offset'
5249 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5250 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5251 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5252 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5253 `cperl-label-offset'
5254 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5255 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5256 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5257
5258 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5259 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5260 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5261 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5262 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5263
5264 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5265 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5266 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5267 \(both available from menu).
5268
5269 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5270 column 0 is indented on
5271 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5272
5273 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5274 with no args.
5275
5276 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5277 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5278 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5279
5280 \(fn)" t nil)
5281
5282 ;;;***
5283 \f
5284 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5285 ;;;;;; (17359 40965))
5286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5287
5288 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5289 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5290 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5291 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5292 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5293
5294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5295
5296 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5297 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5298
5299 \(fn)" t nil)
5300
5301 ;;;***
5302 \f
5303 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5304 ;;;;;; (17140 20920))
5305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5306
5307 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5308 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5309 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5310 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5311
5312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5313 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5314
5315 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5316
5317 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5318 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5319 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5320
5321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5322
5323 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5324
5325 ;;;***
5326 \f
5327 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5328 ;;;;;; (17315 15382))
5329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5330
5331 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5332 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5333 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5334 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5335
5336 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5337 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5338 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5339 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5340
5341 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5342 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5343 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5344
5345 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5346 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5347 'bob', and 'eve'.
5348
5349 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5350 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5351 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5352
5353 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5354
5355 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5356 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5357 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5358
5359 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5360
5361 ;;;***
5362 \f
5363 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5364 ;;;;;; (17377 26465))
5365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5366
5367 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5368 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5369 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5371 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5372
5373 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5374
5375 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5376
5377 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5378 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5379 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5380 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5381 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5382
5383 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5384 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5385 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5386 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5387 function of these prefix keys.
5388
5389 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5390 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5391 options:
5392 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5393 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5394 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5395
5396 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5397 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5398 the prefix fallback behavior.
5399
5400 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5401 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5402 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5403 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5404
5405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5406
5407 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5408 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5409
5410 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5411 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5412 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5413 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5414 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5415 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5416 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5417 (if user-init-file (concat
5418 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5419 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5420
5421 ;;;***
5422 \f
5423 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5424 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5425 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5426 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5427 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5428 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5429 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5430 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5431 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17369 18480))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5433 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5434
5435 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5436 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5437
5438 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5439 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5440
5441 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5442 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5443
5444 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5445
5446 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5447
5448 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5449 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5450 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5451
5452 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5453 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5454
5455 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5456 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5457
5458 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5459 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5460
5461 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5462 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5463
5464 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5465
5466 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5467
5468 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5469 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5470 Return VALUE.
5471
5472 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5473 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5474
5475 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5476 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5477
5478 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5479 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5480
5481 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5482 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5483
5484 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5485
5486 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5487
5488 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5489 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5490 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5491 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5492 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5493
5494 \(fn)" t nil)
5495
5496 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5497 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5498 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5499 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5500
5501 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5502
5503 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5504 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5505
5506 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5507
5508 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5509 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5510
5511 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5512
5513 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5514
5515 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5516 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5517
5518 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5519
5520 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5521
5522 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5523 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5524 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5525
5526 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5527
5528 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5529
5530 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5531 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5532 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5533 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5534 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5535
5536 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5537 that were added or redefined since that version.
5538
5539 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5540
5541 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5542 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5543 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5544 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5545
5546 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5547 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5548
5549 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5550
5551 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5552 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5553 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5554
5555 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5556 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5557
5558 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5559
5560 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5561 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5562
5563 \(fn)" t nil)
5564
5565 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5566 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5567
5568 \(fn)" t nil)
5569
5570 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5571 Customize all already saved user options.
5572
5573 \(fn)" t nil)
5574
5575 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5576 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5577 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5578 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5579 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5580 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5581 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5582 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5583
5584 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5585
5586 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5587 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5588 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5589 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5590
5591 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5592
5593 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5594 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5595
5596 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5597
5598 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5599 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5600
5601 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5602
5603 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5605 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5606 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5607 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5608 that option.
5609
5610 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5611
5612 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5613 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5614 The result includes selecting that window.
5615 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5616 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5617 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5618 that option.
5619
5620 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5621
5622 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5624
5625 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5626
5627 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5628 File used for storing customization information.
5629 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5630 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5631 it should be an absolute file name.
5632
5633 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5634 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5635 something like the following in your init file:
5636
5637 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5638 \(load custom-file)
5639
5640 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5641 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5642
5643 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5644 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5645 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5646 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5647 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5648
5649 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5650 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5651 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5652 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5653 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5654 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5655 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5656 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5657 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5658 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5659
5660 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5661
5662 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5663 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5664
5665 \(fn)" nil nil)
5666
5667 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5668 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5669
5670 \(fn)" t nil)
5671
5672 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5673 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5674 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5675
5676 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5677
5678 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5679 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5680 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5681 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5682 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5683
5684 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5685
5686 ;;;***
5687 \f
5688 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5689 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17337 17201))
5690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5691
5692 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5693 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5694
5695 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5696
5697 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5698 Alist of face attributes.
5699
5700 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5701 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5702 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5703 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5704 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5705 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5706
5707 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5708 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5709 customization type TYPE).
5710
5711 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5712 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5713 given face attribute.")
5714
5715 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5716 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5717 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5718 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5719
5720 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5721
5722 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5723 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5724 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5725 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5726 between themes and faces.
5727 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5728
5729 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5730 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5731
5732 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5733
5734 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5735 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5736 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5737
5738 (FACE IGNORED)
5739
5740 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5741
5742 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5743
5744 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5745 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5746 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5747
5748 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5749
5750 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5751
5752 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5753
5754 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5755
5756 ;;;***
5757 \f
5758 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5759 ;;;;;; (17351 13490))
5760 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5761
5762 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5763 Create a custom theme.
5764
5765 \(fn)" t nil)
5766
5767 ;;;***
5768 \f
5769 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5770 ;;;;;; (17148 24952))
5771 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5772
5773 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5774 Mode used for cvs status output.
5775
5776 \(fn)" t nil)
5777
5778 ;;;***
5779 \f
5780 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5781 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17298 27296))
5782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5783
5784 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5785 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5786
5787 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5788 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5789 C++ modes are included.
5790
5791 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5792
5793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5794
5795 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5796 Turn on CWarn mode.
5797
5798 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5799 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5800
5801 \(fn)" nil nil)
5802
5803 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5804 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5805 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5807 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5808
5809 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5810
5811 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5812
5813 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5814 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5815 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5816 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5817 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5818
5819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5820
5821 ;;;***
5822 \f
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5824 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5825 ;;;;;; (17102 18767))
5826 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5827
5828 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5829 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5830
5831 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5832
5833 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5834 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5835
5836 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5837
5838 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5839 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5840 For readability, the table is slightly
5841 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5842
5843 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5844 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5845 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5846 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5847 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5848
5849 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5850
5851 ;;;***
5852 \f
5853 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5854 ;;;;;; (17290 15905))
5855 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5856 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5857 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5858
5859 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5860 Completion on current word.
5861 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5862 and presents suggestions for completion.
5863
5864 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5865 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5866 completions.
5867
5868 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5869 then it searches *all* buffers.
5870
5871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5872
5873 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5874 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5875
5876 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5877 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5878 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5879 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5880 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5881
5882 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5883 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5884
5885 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5886 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5887 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5888
5889 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5890 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5891
5892 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5893
5894 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5895
5896 ;;;***
5897 \f
5898 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17276
5899 ;;;;;; 44726))
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5901
5902 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5903 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5904
5905 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5906 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5907 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5908
5909 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5910 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5911 Data lines are not indented.
5912
5913 Key bindings:
5914
5915 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5916 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5917
5918 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5919 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5920 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5921 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5922
5923 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5924
5925 dcl-basic-offset
5926 Extra indentation within blocks.
5927
5928 dcl-continuation-offset
5929 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5930
5931 dcl-margin-offset
5932 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5933
5934 dcl-margin-label-offset
5935 Indentation for a label.
5936
5937 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5938 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5939
5940 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5941 dcl-block-end-regexp
5942 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5943 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5944 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5945 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5946 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5947
5948 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5949 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5950 Two such functions are included in the package:
5951 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5952 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5953
5954 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5955 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5956 One such function is included in the package:
5957 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5958
5959 dcl-tab-always-indent
5960 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5961 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5962 margin.
5963
5964 dcl-electric-characters
5965 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5966 typed.
5967
5968 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5969 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5970 which words trigger electric indentation.
5971
5972 dcl-tempo-comma
5973 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5974 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5975 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5976
5977 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5978 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5979 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5980 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5981
5982 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5983 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5984 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5985 dcl-imenu-label-call
5986 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5987
5988 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5989 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5990 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5991 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5992
5993
5994 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5995
5996 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5997 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5998 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5999 $ i = 1
6000 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6001 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6002 $ label:
6003 $ if i.eq.1
6004 $ then
6005 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6006 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6007 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6008 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6009 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6010 \"lined up with the command line\"
6011 $ type sys$input
6012 Data lines are not indented at all.
6013 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6014 $ endif
6015 $
6016
6017
6018 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6019 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6020
6021 \(fn)" t nil)
6022
6023 ;;;***
6024 \f
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6026 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17244 54746))
6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6028
6029 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6030
6031 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6032 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6033 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6034 of the evaluator.
6035
6036 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6037 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6038 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6039
6040 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6041
6042 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6043 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6044
6045 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6046
6047 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6048 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6049 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6050 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6051 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6052 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6053
6054 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6055 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6056
6057 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6058
6059 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6060 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6061 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6062 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6063 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6064
6065 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6066
6067 ;;;***
6068 \f
6069 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6070 ;;;;;; (17205 6149))
6071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6072
6073 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6074 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6075
6076 \(fn)" t nil)
6077
6078 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6079 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6080 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6081 Upper-case letters are commands.
6082
6083 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6084 modify it.
6085
6086 The most useful commands are:
6087 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6088 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6089 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6090 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6091 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6092 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6093
6094 \(fn)" t nil)
6095
6096 ;;;***
6097 \f
6098 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6099 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17148
6100 ;;;;;; 24953))
6101 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6102
6103 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6104 Customization of `columns' group.
6105
6106 \(fn)" t nil)
6107
6108 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6109 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6110
6111 START and END delimits the text region.
6112
6113 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6114
6115 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6116 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6117
6118 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6119
6120 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6121
6122 ;;;***
6123 \f
6124 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17333
6125 ;;;;;; 17859))
6126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6127
6128 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6129 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6130 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6131 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6132 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6133 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6134
6135 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6136
6137 Customization:
6138
6139 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6140 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6141 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6142 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6143 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6144 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6145 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6146 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6147 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6148 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6149 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6150 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6151 blank line.
6152 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6153 Directories to search when finding external units.
6154 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6155 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6156
6157 Coloring:
6158
6159 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6160 Face used to color delphi comments.
6161 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6162 Face used to color delphi strings.
6163 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6164 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6165 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6166 Face used to color everything else.
6167
6168 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6169 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6170
6171 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6172
6173 ;;;***
6174 \f
6175 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17159
6176 ;;;;;; 1461))
6177 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6178
6179 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6180
6181 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6182 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6183 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6185 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6186
6187 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6188
6189 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6190
6191 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6192 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6193 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6194 positive.
6195
6196 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6197 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6198 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6199 any selection.
6200
6201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6202
6203 ;;;***
6204 \f
6205 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6206 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17298 27296))
6207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6208
6209 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6210 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6211
6212 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6213
6214 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6215 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6216 or nil if there is no parent.
6217 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6218 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6219 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6220 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6221 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6222
6223 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6224 arguments are currently understood:
6225 :group GROUP
6226 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6227 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6228 :syntax-table TABLE
6229 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6230 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6231 :abbrev-table TABLE
6232 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6233 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6234
6235 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6236
6237 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6238
6239 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6240 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6241 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6242
6243 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6244 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6245
6246 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6247 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6248 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6249
6250 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6251 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6252
6253 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6254 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6255
6256 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6257
6258 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6259
6260 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6261 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6262 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6263 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6264 the first time the mode is used.
6265
6266 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6267
6268 ;;;***
6269 \f
6270 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6271 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17329 62402))
6272 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6273
6274 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6275 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6276 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6277 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6278 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6279 otherwise.
6280
6281 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6282
6283 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6284 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6285 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6286 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6287 character composition information (if relevant),
6288 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6289
6290 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6291
6292 ;;;***
6293 \f
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6295 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6296 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17364 14032))
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6298
6299 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6300 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6301 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6302
6303 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6304
6305 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6306
6307 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6308 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6309 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6310 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6311 desktop is saved.
6312
6313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6314
6315 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6316 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6317 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6318 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6319
6320 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6321
6322 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6323 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6324 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6325
6326 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6327 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6328 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6329
6330 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6331 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6332
6333 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6334 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6335 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6336
6337 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6338 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6339 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6340 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6341
6342 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6343
6344 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6345 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6346
6347 Handlers are called with argument list
6348
6349 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6350
6351 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6352
6353 desktop-file-version
6354 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6355 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6356 desktop-buffer-point
6357 desktop-buffer-mark
6358 desktop-buffer-read-only
6359 desktop-buffer-locals
6360
6361 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6362 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6363
6364 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6365 code like
6366
6367 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6368 ...
6369 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6370 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6371
6372 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6373
6374 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6375
6376 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6377 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6378 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6379 List elements must have the form
6380
6381 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6382
6383 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6384 function.
6385
6386 Handlers are called with argument list
6387
6388 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6389
6390 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6391
6392 desktop-file-version
6393 desktop-buffer-file-name
6394 desktop-buffer-name
6395 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6396 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6397 desktop-buffer-point
6398 desktop-buffer-mark
6399 desktop-buffer-read-only
6400 desktop-buffer-misc
6401
6402 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6403 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6404 created and set.
6405
6406 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6407 code like
6408
6409 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6410 ...
6411 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6412 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6413
6414 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6415
6416 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6417
6418 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6419
6420 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6421 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6422 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6423 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6424 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6425 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6426 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6427 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6428
6429 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6430
6431 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6432 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6433 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6434
6435 \(fn)" nil nil)
6436
6437 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6438 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6439 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6440 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6441 directory DIRNAME.
6442
6443 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6444
6445 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6446 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6447
6448 \(fn)" t nil)
6449
6450 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6451 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6452
6453 \(fn)" t nil)
6454
6455 ;;;***
6456 \f
6457 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6458 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6459 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6460 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6461 ;;;;;; (17102 18579))
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6463
6464 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6465 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6466
6467 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6468
6469 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6470 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6471
6472 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6473
6474 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6475 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6476 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6477
6478 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6479
6480 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6481 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6482 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6483 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6484 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6485 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6486
6487 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6488
6489 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6490 Repair a broken attribution line.
6491 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6492
6493 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6494
6495 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6496 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6497 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6498 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6499
6500 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6501
6502 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6503 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6504
6505 \(fn)" t nil)
6506
6507 ;;;***
6508 \f
6509 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6510 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17102 18768))
6511 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6512
6513 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6514
6515 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6516 Not documented
6517
6518 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6519
6520 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6521 Not documented
6522
6523 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6524
6525 ;;;***
6526 \f
6527 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6528 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17307 14150))
6529 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6530
6531 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6532 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6533 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6534 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6535 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6536
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6538
6539 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6540 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6541 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6542 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6543
6544 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6545 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6546 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6547 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6548
6549 #!/bin/sh
6550 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6551 emacs -batch \\
6552 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6553 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6554 european-calendar-style t \\
6555 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6556 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6557 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6558
6559 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6560 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6561 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6562 to run it every morning at 1am.
6563
6564 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6565
6566 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6567 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6568
6569 \(fn)" t nil)
6570
6571 ;;;***
6572 \f
6573 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6574 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17239 32193))
6575 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6576
6577 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6578 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6579
6580 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6581
6582 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6583 *The command to use to run diff.")
6584
6585 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6586
6587 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6588 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6589 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6590 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6591 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6592 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6593
6594 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6595
6596 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6597 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6598 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6599 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6600 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6601 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6602
6603 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6604
6605 ;;;***
6606 \f
6607 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6608 ;;;;;; (17239 32193))
6609 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6610
6611 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6612 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6613 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6614 normal diffs.
6615 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6616 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6617 headers for you on-the-fly.
6618
6619 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6620 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6621 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6622
6623 \(fn)" t nil)
6624
6625 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6626 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6627 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6628
6629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6630
6631 ;;;***
6632 \f
6633 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6634 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6635 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6636 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6637 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17359 58110))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6639
6640 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6641 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6642 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6643 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6644 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6645 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6646 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6647 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6648
6649 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6650
6651 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6652 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6653
6654 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6655 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6656 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6657 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6658 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6659
6660 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6661 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6662
6663 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6664 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6665 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6666 always set this variable to t.")
6667
6668 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6669
6670 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6671 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6672 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6673 A value of t means move to first file.")
6674
6675 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6676
6677 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6678 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6679 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6680 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6681 are afterward marked with that character.")
6682
6683 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6684
6685 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6686 *Controls marking of copied files.
6687 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6688 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6689
6690 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6691
6692 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6693 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6694 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6695 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6696
6697 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6698
6699 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6700 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6701 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6702 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6703
6704 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6705
6706 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6707 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6708 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6709 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6710
6711 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6712
6713 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6714
6715 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6716 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6717 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6718
6719 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6720
6721 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6722 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6723 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6724 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6725 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6726 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6727
6728 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6729 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6730 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6731 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6732 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6733 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6734 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6735 list of files to make directory entries for.
6736 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6737 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6738 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6739 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6740
6741 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6742
6743 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6744 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6745
6746 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6747 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6748
6749 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6750 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6751
6752 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6753 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6754
6755 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6756
6757 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6758 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6759
6760 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6761
6762 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6763 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6764 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6765 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6766 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6767 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6768 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6769 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6770 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6771 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6772 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6773 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6774 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6775 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6776 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6777 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6778 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6779 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6780 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6781 to see why something went wrong.
6782 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6783 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6784 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6785 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6786 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6787 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6788 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6789 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6790 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6791 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6792 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6793 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6794 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6795
6796 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6797 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6798 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6799 again for the directory tree.
6800
6801 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6802 for more info):
6803
6804 `dired-listing-switches'
6805 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6806 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6807 `dired-marker-char'
6808 `dired-del-marker'
6809 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6810 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6811 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6812 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6813
6814 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6815
6816 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6817 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6818 `dired-mode-hook'
6819 `dired-load-hook'
6820
6821 Keybindings:
6822 \\{dired-mode-map}
6823
6824 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6825 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6826
6827 ;;;***
6828 \f
6829 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6830 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6831 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6832 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6833 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6834 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6835 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6836 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6837 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6838 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6839 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6840 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6841 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6842 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17356 25047))
6843 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6844
6845 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6846 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6847 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6848 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6849 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6850 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6851 which is options for `diff'.
6852
6853 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6854
6855 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6856 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6857 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6858 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6859 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6860 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6861
6862 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6863
6864 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6865 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6866 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6867 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6868 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6869 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6870 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6871
6872 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6873
6874 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6875 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6876 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6877 returned by function `file-attributes'
6878
6879 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6880 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6881
6882 Examples of PREDICATE:
6883
6884 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6885 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6886 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6887 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6888 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6889
6890 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6891
6892 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6893 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6894 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6895
6896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6897
6898 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6899 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6900
6901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6902
6903 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6904 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6905
6906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6907
6908 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6909 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6910 This calls touch.
6911
6912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6913
6914 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6915 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6916 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6917 `lpr-switches' as default.
6918
6919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6920
6921 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6922 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6923 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6924 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6925 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6926
6927 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6928 with a prefix argument.
6929
6930 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6931
6932 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6933 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6934 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6935 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6936 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6937
6938 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6939 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6940
6941 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6942 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6943 file name substituted for `?'.
6944
6945 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6946 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6947
6948 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6949 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6950 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6951 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6952
6953 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6954
6955 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6956 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6957 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6958
6959 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6960 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6961 in a subdir.
6962
6963 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6964 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6965
6966 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6967
6968 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6969 Not documented
6970
6971 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6972
6973 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6974 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6975 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6976 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6977 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6978 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6979 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6980 from the buffer as well.
6981 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6982 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6983 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6984
6985 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6988 Not documented
6989
6990 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6991
6992 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6993 Not documented
6994
6995 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6996
6997 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6998 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6999
7000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7001
7002 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7003 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7004
7005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7006
7007 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7008 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7009
7010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7011
7012 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7013 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7014 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7015 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7016
7017 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7018 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7019 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7020 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7021 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7022 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7023 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7024
7025 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7026
7027 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7028 Not documented
7029
7030 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7031
7032 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7033 Not documented
7034
7035 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7036
7037 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7038 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7039
7040 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7041
7042 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7043 Not documented
7044
7045 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7046
7047 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7048 Not documented
7049
7050 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7051
7052 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7053 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7054
7055 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7056
7057 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7058 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7059 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7060 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7061 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7062 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7063 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7064 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7065 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7066
7067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7068
7069 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7070 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7071 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7072 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7073 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7074 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7075 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7076 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7077
7078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7079
7080 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7081 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7082 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7083 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7084 and new hard links are made in that directory
7085 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7086 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7087 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7088
7089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7090
7091 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7092 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7093 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7094 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7095 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7096 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7097 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7098
7099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7100
7101 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7102 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7103
7104 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7105 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7106 file if none are marked.
7107
7108 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7109 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7110 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7111 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7112
7113 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7114 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7115
7116 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7119 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7120 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7121
7122 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7123
7124 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7125 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7126 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7127
7128 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7129
7130 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7131 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7132 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7133
7134 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7135
7136 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7137 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7138
7139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7142 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7143
7144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7145
7146 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7147 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7148 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7149 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7150 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7151 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7152 this subdirectory.
7153 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7154
7155 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7156 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7157 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7158 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7159 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7160 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7161 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7162
7163 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7166 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7167 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7168 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7169 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7170 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7171 this subdirectory.
7172 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7173
7174 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7175
7176 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7177 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7178 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7179
7180 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7181
7182 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7183 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7184 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7185 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7186
7187 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7188
7189 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7190 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7191 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7192 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7193
7194 \(fn)" t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7197 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7198 Lower levels are unaffected.
7199
7200 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7201
7202 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7203 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7204
7205 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7206
7207 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7208 Go down in the dired tree.
7209
7210 \(fn)" t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7213 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7214 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7215 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7216
7217 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7218
7219 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7220 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7221 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7222 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7223
7224 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7227 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7228 Stops when a match is found.
7229 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7230
7231 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7232
7233 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7234 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7235 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7236 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7237 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7238
7239 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7242 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7243 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7244 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7245
7246 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7247
7248 ;;;***
7249 \f
7250 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17273 1329))
7251 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7252
7253 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7254 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7255 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7256 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7257 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7258 buffer and try again.
7259
7260 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7261
7262 ;;;***
7263 \f
7264 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17148 24959))
7265 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7266
7267 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7268 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7269 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7270
7271 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7272
7273 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7274 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7275
7276 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7277 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7278
7279 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7280
7281 ;;;***
7282 \f
7283 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17148
7284 ;;;;;; 25090))
7285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7286
7287 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7288 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7289 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7290 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7291 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7292 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7293
7294 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7295
7296 ;;;***
7297 \f
7298 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7299 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7300 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7301 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7302 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17297 52532))
7303 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7304
7305 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7306 Return a new, empty display table.
7307
7308 \(fn)" nil nil)
7309
7310 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7311 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7312 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7313 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7314 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7315
7316 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7317
7318 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7319 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7320 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7321 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7322 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7323
7324 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7325
7326 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7327 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7328
7329 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7330
7331 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7332 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7333
7334 \(fn)" t nil)
7335
7336 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7337 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7338
7339 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7340
7341 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7342 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7343
7344 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7345
7346 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7347 Display character C using printable string S.
7348
7349 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7350
7351 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7352 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7353 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7354 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7355
7356 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7357
7358 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7359 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7360 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7361 X frame.
7362
7363 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7364
7365 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7366 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7367
7368 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7369
7370 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7371 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7372
7373 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7374
7375 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7376 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7377
7378 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7379 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7380 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7381 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7382
7383 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7384 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7385 European character display.
7386
7387 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7388 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7389 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7390 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7391
7392 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7393 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7394 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7395 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7396 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7397
7398 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7399
7400 ;;;***
7401 \f
7402 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7403 ;;;;;; (17140 20946))
7404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7405
7406 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7407 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7408 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7409 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7410 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7411 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7412 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7413 Default is 2.
7414
7415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7416
7417 ;;;***
7418 \f
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17205 5985))
7420 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7421
7422 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7423 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7424 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7425 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7426 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7427 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7428 private or ask).
7429 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7430 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7431 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7432 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7433 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7434
7435 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7436
7437 ;;;***
7438 \f
7439 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7440 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17148 25205))
7441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7442
7443 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7444 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7445 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7446 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7447 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7448 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7449 table and its own syntax table.
7450
7451 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7452
7453 \(fn)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7456 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7457
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7459 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7460
7461 ;;;***
7462 \f
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17364 14033))
7464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7465
7466 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7467 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7468
7469 \(fn)" t nil)
7470
7471 ;;;***
7472 \f
7473 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7474 ;;;;;; (17148 24959))
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7476
7477 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7478 Toggle Double mode.
7479 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7480 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7481
7482 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7483
7484 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7485 Toggle Double mode.
7486 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7487
7488 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7489 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7490
7491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7492
7493 ;;;***
7494 \f
7495 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17140 20947))
7496 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7497
7498 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7499 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7500
7501 \(fn)" t nil)
7502
7503 ;;;***
7504 \f
7505 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7506 ;;;;;; (17148 25106))
7507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7508
7509 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7510 Play sounds in message buffers.
7511
7512 \(fn)" t nil)
7513
7514 ;;;***
7515 \f
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7517 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17298 27296))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7520
7521 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7522
7523 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7524 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7525 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7526 and toggle command MODE.
7527
7528 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7529 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7530 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7531 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7532 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7533 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7534 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7535 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7536 used (see below).
7537
7538 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7539 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7540 `mode-HOOK'.
7541 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7542 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7543 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7544 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7545 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7546 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7547 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7548 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7549 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7550 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7551 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7552 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7553 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7554 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7555
7556 For example, you could write
7557 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7558 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7559 ...BODY CODE...)
7560
7561 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7562
7563 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7564
7565 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7566 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7567 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7568 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7569 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7570 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7571 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7572 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7573 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7574 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7575 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7576 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7577
7578 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7579 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7580 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7581 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7582 call another major mode in their body.
7583
7584 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7585
7586 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7587 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7588 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7589 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7590 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7591 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7592 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7593
7594 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7595
7596 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7597 Not documented
7598
7599 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7600
7601 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7602 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7603 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7604
7605 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7606
7607 ;;;***
7608 \f
7609 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7610 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17250
7611 ;;;;;; 28361))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7613
7614 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7615
7616 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7617 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7618
7619 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7620 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7621 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7622
7623 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7624 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7625
7626 :filter FUNCTION
7627
7628 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7629 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7630
7631 :visible INCLUDE
7632
7633 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7634 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7635
7636 :active ENABLE
7637
7638 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7639 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7640
7641 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7642
7643 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7644
7645 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7646
7647 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7648 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7649
7650 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7651 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7652
7653 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7654
7655 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7656
7657 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7658
7659 :keys KEYS
7660
7661 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7662 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7663 computed automatically.
7664 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7665
7666 :key-sequence KEYS
7667
7668 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7669 menu item.
7670 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7671 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7672 keyboard equivalent.
7673
7674 :active ENABLE
7675
7676 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7677 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7678
7679 :visible INCLUDE
7680
7681 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7682 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7683
7684 :suffix FORM
7685
7686 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7687 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7688
7689 :style STYLE
7690
7691 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7692 defined:
7693
7694 toggle: A checkbox.
7695 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7696 radio: A radio button.
7697 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7698 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7699 menu bar itself.
7700 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7701
7702 :selected SELECTED
7703
7704 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7705 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7706
7707 :help HELP
7708
7709 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7710
7711 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7712 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7713 as a solid horizontal line.
7714
7715 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7716
7717 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7718
7719 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7720 Not documented
7721
7722 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7723
7724 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7725 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7726 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7727 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7728
7729 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7730
7731 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7732 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7733 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7734 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7735 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7736 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7737
7738 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7739 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7740 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7741
7742 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7743 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7744
7745 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7746
7747 ;;;***
7748 \f
7749 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7750 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7751 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7752 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7753 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7754 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7755 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7756 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17239 32372))
7757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7758
7759 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7760 Customization for ebnf group.
7761
7762 \(fn)" t nil)
7763
7764 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7765 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7766
7767 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7768
7769 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7770 processed.
7771
7772 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7773
7774 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7775
7776 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7777 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7778
7779 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7780 killed after process termination.
7781
7782 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7783
7784 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7785
7786 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7787 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7788
7789 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7790 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7791 it to the printer.
7792
7793 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7794 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7795 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7796 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7797
7798 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7799
7800 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7801 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7802 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7803
7804 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7805
7806 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7807 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7808
7809 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7810
7811 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7812 processed.
7813
7814 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7815
7816 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7817
7818 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7819 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7820
7821 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7822 killed after process termination.
7823
7824 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7825
7826 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7827
7828 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7829 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7830 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7831 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7832
7833 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7834
7835 \(fn)" t nil)
7836
7837 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7838 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7839 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7840
7841 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7842
7843 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7844
7845 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7846 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7847
7848 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7849
7850 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7851 processed.
7852
7853 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7854
7855 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7856
7857 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7858 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7859
7860 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7861 killed after EPS generation.
7862
7863 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7864
7865 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7866
7867 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7868 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7869
7870 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7871 The EPS file name has the following form:
7872
7873 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7874
7875 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7876 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7877
7878 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7879 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7880 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7881 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7882
7883 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7884
7885 \(fn)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7888 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7889
7890 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7891 The EPS file name has the following form:
7892
7893 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7894
7895 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7896 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7897
7898 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7899 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7900 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7901 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7902
7903 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7904
7905 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7906
7907 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7908
7909 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7910 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7911
7912 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7913
7914 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7915 processed.
7916
7917 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7918
7919 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7920
7921 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7922 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7923
7924 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7925 killed after syntax checking.
7926
7927 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7928
7929 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7930
7931 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7932 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7933
7934 \(fn)" t nil)
7935
7936 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7937 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7938
7939 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7940
7941 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7942 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7943
7944 \(fn)" nil nil)
7945
7946 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7947 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7948
7949 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7950
7951 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7952
7953 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7954 Delete style NAME.
7955
7956 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7957
7958 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7959
7960 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7961 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7962
7963 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7964
7965 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7966
7967 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7968 Set STYLE as the current style.
7969
7970 It returns the old style symbol.
7971
7972 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7973
7974 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7975
7976 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7977 Reset current style.
7978
7979 It returns the old style symbol.
7980
7981 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7982
7983 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7984
7985 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7986 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7987
7988 It returns the old style symbol.
7989
7990 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7991
7992 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7993
7994 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7995 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7996
7997 It returns the old style symbol.
7998
7999 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8000
8001 \(fn)" t nil)
8002
8003 ;;;***
8004 \f
8005 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8006 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8007 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8008 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8009 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8010 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8011 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8012 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8013 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8014 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8015 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17239
8016 ;;;;;; 32375))
8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8018
8019 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8020 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8021 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8022 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8023 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8024 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8025
8026 Tree mode key bindings:
8027 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8028
8029 \(fn)" t nil)
8030
8031 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8032 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8033
8034 \(fn)" t nil)
8035
8036 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8037 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8038
8039 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8040
8041 \(fn)" nil nil)
8042
8043 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8044 View declaration of member at point.
8045
8046 \(fn)" t nil)
8047
8048 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8049 Find declaration of member at point.
8050
8051 \(fn)" t nil)
8052
8053 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8054 View definition of member at point.
8055
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8057
8058 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8059 Find definition of member at point.
8060
8061 \(fn)" t nil)
8062
8063 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8064 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8065
8066 \(fn)" t nil)
8067
8068 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8069 View definition of member at point in other window.
8070
8071 \(fn)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8074 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8075
8076 \(fn)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8079 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8080
8081 \(fn)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8084 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8085
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8089 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8090
8091 \(fn)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8094 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8095 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8096 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8097 completion.
8098
8099 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8100
8101 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8102 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8103 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8104 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8105
8106 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8107
8108 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8109 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8110 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8111 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8112
8113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8114
8115 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8116 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8117 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8118
8119 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8120
8121 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8122 Search for call sites of a member.
8123 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8124 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8125 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8126 looks like a function call to the member.
8127
8128 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8131 Move backward in the position stack.
8132 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8133
8134 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8135
8136 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8137 Move forward in the position stack.
8138 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8139
8140 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8141
8142 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8143 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8144
8145 \(fn)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8148 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8149
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8151
8152 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8153 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8154 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8155 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8156
8157 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8158
8159 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8160 Display statistics for a class tree.
8161
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8163
8164 ;;;***
8165 \f
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8167 ;;;;;; (17148 24959))
8168 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8169
8170 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8171 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8172 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8173 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8174
8175 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8176 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8177 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8178
8179 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8180 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8181 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8182
8183 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8184
8185 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8186
8187 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8188
8189 ;;;***
8190 \f
8191 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8192 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17205 5985))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8194
8195 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8196 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8197 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8198
8199 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8200
8201 ;;;***
8202 \f
8203 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8204 ;;;;;; def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8205 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17324 31506))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8207
8208 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8209 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8210 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8211 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8212 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8213
8214 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8215 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8216 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8217 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8218
8219 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8220
8221 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8222 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8223 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8224 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8225
8226 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8227
8228 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8229 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8230 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8231 \(naming a function), or a list.
8232
8233 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8234
8235 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8236
8237 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8238 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8239 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8240 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8241 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8242
8243 If you do this on a function definition
8244 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8245 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8246 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8247 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8248
8249 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8250 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8251 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8252 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8253 already is one.)
8254
8255 \(fn)" t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8258 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8259
8260 \(fn)" t nil)
8261
8262 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8263 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8264
8265 \(fn)" t nil)
8266
8267 ;;;***
8268 \f
8269 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8270 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8271 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8272 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8273 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8274 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8275 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8276 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8277 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8278 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17287 6474))
8279 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8280
8281 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8282 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8283
8284 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8285
8286 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8287 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8288
8289 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8290
8291 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8292
8293 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8294
8295 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8296 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8297 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8298 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8299
8300 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8301
8302 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8303 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8304
8305 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8306
8307 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8308
8309 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8310 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8311
8312 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8313
8314 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8315
8316 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8317 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8318 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8319 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8320
8321 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8322
8323 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8324
8325 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8326 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8327 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8328 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8329
8330 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8331
8332 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8333
8334 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8335 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8336 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8337 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8338
8339 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8340
8341 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8342
8343 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8344 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8345 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8346 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8347
8348 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8349
8350 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8351
8352 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8353 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8354 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8355 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8356 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8357 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8358
8359 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8362 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8363 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8364 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8365
8366 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8367
8368 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8369
8370 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8371 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8372 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8373 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8374
8375 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8376
8377 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8378
8379 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8380
8381 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8382 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8383 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8384 follows:
8385 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8386 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8387
8388 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8389
8390 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8391 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8392 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8393 follows:
8394 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8395 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8396
8397 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8398
8399 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8400 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8401 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8402 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8403 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8404 region.
8405 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8406 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8407
8408 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8411 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8412 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8413 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8414 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8415 region.
8416 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8417 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8418 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8419
8420 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8421
8422 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8423
8424 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8425 Merge two files without ancestor.
8426
8427 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8428
8429 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8430 Merge two files with ancestor.
8431
8432 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8433
8434 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8435
8436 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8437 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8438
8439 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8440
8441 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8442 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8443
8444 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8447 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8448 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8449 buffer.
8450
8451 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8452
8453 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8454 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8455 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8456 buffer.
8457
8458 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8459
8460 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8461 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8462 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8463 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8464
8465 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8466
8467 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8468 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8469 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8470 and don't ask the user.
8471 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8472 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8473
8474 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8475
8476 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8477 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8478 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8479 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8480 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8481 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8482 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8483 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8484
8485 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8486
8487 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8488
8489 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8490
8491 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8492 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8493 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8494 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8495 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8496
8497 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8498
8499 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8500
8501 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8502 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8503 When called interactively, displays the version.
8504
8505 \(fn)" t nil)
8506
8507 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8508 Display Ediff's manual.
8509 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8510
8511 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8512
8513 ;;;***
8514 \f
8515 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8516 ;;;;;; (17148 24960))
8517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8518
8519 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8520 Not documented
8521
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8523
8524 ;;;***
8525 \f
8526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17148 24960))
8527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8528
8529 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8530 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8531
8532 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8533
8534 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8535
8536 ;;;***
8537 \f
8538 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8539 ;;;;;; (17374 18401))
8540 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8541
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8543 Display Ediff's registry.
8544
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8546
8547 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8548
8549 ;;;***
8550 \f
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8552 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17274 24016))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8554
8555 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8556 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8557 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8558 which see.
8559
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8563 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8564 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8565 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8566
8567 \(fn)" t nil)
8568
8569 ;;;***
8570 \f
8571 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8572 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8573 ;;;;;; (17148 24966))
8574 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8575
8576 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8577 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8578 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8579
8580 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8581 Edit a keyboard macro.
8582 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8583 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8584 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8585 its command name.
8586 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8587
8588 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8589
8590 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8591 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8592
8593 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8594
8595 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8596 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8597
8598 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8599
8600 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8601 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8602 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8603 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8604 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8605 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8606
8607 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8608 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8609 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8610 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8611
8612 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8613
8614 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8615 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8616 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8617 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8618 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8619 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8620
8621 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8622
8623 ;;;***
8624 \f
8625 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8626 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17140 20922))
8627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8628
8629 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8630 Set scroll margins.
8631 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8632 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8633
8634 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8635
8636 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8637 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8638
8639 \(fn)" t nil)
8640
8641 ;;;***
8642 \f
8643 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8644 ;;;;;; (17148 24966))
8645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8646
8647 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8648 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8649 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8650 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8651 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8652 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8653 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8654 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8655
8656 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8657 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8658
8659 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8660 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8661 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8662 this value is non-nil.
8663
8664 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8665 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8666 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8667
8668 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8669 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8670 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8671
8672 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8673
8674 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8675 Not documented
8676
8677 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8678
8679 ;;;***
8680 \f
8681 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8682 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17239 32276))
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8684
8685 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8686 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8687
8688 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8689
8690 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8691 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8692 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8693 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8694 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8695 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8696 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8697
8698 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8699
8700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8701
8702 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8703 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8704
8705 \(fn)" t nil)
8706
8707 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8708 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8709 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8710 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8711 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8712 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8713 arg list.
8714
8715 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8716 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8717
8718 ;;;***
8719 \f
8720 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17148
8721 ;;;;;; 24966))
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8723
8724 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8725 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8726
8727 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8728 an elided material again.
8729
8730 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8731
8732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8733
8734 ;;;***
8735 \f
8736 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8737 ;;;;;; (17148 25094))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8739
8740 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8741 Initialize elint.
8742
8743 \(fn)" t nil)
8744
8745 ;;;***
8746 \f
8747 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8748 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17291
8749 ;;;;;; 34530))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8751
8752 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8753 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8754 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8755
8756 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8757
8758 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8759 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8760 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8761
8762 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8763
8764 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8765 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8766 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8767
8768 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8769
8770 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8771
8772 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8773 Display current profiling results.
8774 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8775 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8776 displayed.
8777
8778 \(fn)" t nil)
8779
8780 ;;;***
8781 \f
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8783 ;;;;;; (17347 48575))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8785
8786 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8787 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8788 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8789
8790 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8791
8792 ;;;***
8793 \f
8794 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8795 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8796 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8797 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8798 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2962))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8800
8801 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8802 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8803 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8804 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8805 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8806 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8807 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8808 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8809 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8810 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8811 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8812 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8813 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8814 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8815 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8816 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8817
8818 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8819 Run Emerge on two files.
8820
8821 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8822
8823 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8824 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8825
8826 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8827
8828 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8829 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8830
8831 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8832
8833 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8834 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8835
8836 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8837
8838 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8839 Not documented
8840
8841 \(fn)" nil nil)
8842
8843 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8844 Not documented
8845
8846 \(fn)" nil nil)
8847
8848 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8849 Not documented
8850
8851 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8852
8853 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8854 Not documented
8855
8856 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8857
8858 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8859 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8860
8861 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8862
8863 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8864 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8865
8866 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8867
8868 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8869 Not documented
8870
8871 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8872
8873 ;;;***
8874 \f
8875 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8876 ;;;;;; (17102 18713))
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8878
8879 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8880 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8881 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8883 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8884
8885 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8886
8887 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
8888
8889 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8890 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8891 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8892
8893 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8894 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8895 automatically.
8896
8897 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8898 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8899 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8900
8901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8902
8903 ;;;***
8904 \f
8905 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8906 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17148 25205))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8908
8909 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8910 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8911 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8912 text/enriched format.
8913 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8914
8915 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8916 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8917
8918 Commands:
8919
8920 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8921
8922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8923
8924 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8925 Not documented
8926
8927 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8928
8929 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8930 Not documented
8931
8932 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8933
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
8937 ;;;;;; (17379 25495))
8938 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8939
8940 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
8941 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8942
8943 \(fn)" nil nil)
8944
8945 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
8946 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
8947 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
8948 (server (erc-compute-server))
8949 (port (erc-compute-port))
8950 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8951 password
8952 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8953
8954 That is, if called with
8955 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8956 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8957 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
8958 be invoked for those parameters' values
8959
8960 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8961
8962 ;;;***
8963 \f
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17372
8965 ;;;;;; 48745))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8967 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8968
8969 ;;;***
8970 \f
8971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autojoin" "erc/erc-autojoin.el" (17372
8972 ;;;;;; 48745))
8973 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autojoin.el
8974 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-autojoin" nil t)
8975
8976 ;;;***
8977 \f
8978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17372 48745))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8980 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8981
8982 ;;;***
8983 \f
8984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8986 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8987
8988 ;;;***
8989 \f
8990 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-complete) "erc-complete" "erc/erc-complete.el"
8991 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-complete.el
8993
8994 (autoload (quote erc-complete) "erc-complete" "\
8995 Complete nick at point.
8996 See `erc-try-complete-nick' for more technical info.
8997 This function is obsolete, use `erc-pcomplete' instead.
8998
8999 \(fn)" t nil)
9000
9001 ;;;***
9002 \f
9003 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9004 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17372 48745))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9006
9007 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9008 Parser for /dcc command.
9009 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9010 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9011 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9012
9013 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9014
9015 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9016 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9017
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9019
9020 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9021 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9022
9023 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9024 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9025 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9026 that subcommand.
9027
9028 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9029
9030 ;;;***
9031 \f
9032 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9033 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9034 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9035 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9036 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9038
9039 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9040 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9041
9042 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9043
9044 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9045 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9046 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9047 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9048
9049 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9050
9051 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9052 Not documented
9053
9054 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9055
9056 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9057 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9058
9059 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9060
9061 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9062 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9063
9064 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9065
9066 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9067 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9068
9069 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9070
9071 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9072 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9073
9074 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9075
9076 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9077 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9078
9079 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9080
9081 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9082 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9083
9084 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9085
9086 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9087 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9088
9089 \(fn)" nil nil)
9090
9091 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9092 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9093
9094 \(fn)" nil nil)
9095
9096 ;;;***
9097 \f
9098 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17372
9099 ;;;;;; 48745))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9101 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9102
9103 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9104 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9105 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9106
9107 \(fn)" nil nil)
9108
9109 ;;;***
9110 \f
9111 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9112 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9114
9115 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9116 Not documented
9117
9118 \(fn)" nil nil)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-cmd-LIST) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9123 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9125
9126 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-LIST) "erc-list" "\
9127 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9128 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9129 available channel).
9130
9131 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9132
9133 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9134 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9135 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9136 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9137
9138 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9139
9140 ;;;***
9141 \f
9142 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9143 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17372 48745))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9146
9147 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9148 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9149 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9150 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9151 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9152 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9153
9154 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9155
9156 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9157 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9158 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9159 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9160
9161 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9162 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9163 automatically.
9164
9165 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9166 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9167
9168 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9169
9170 ;;;***
9171 \f
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9173 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9174 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9175 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9178
9179 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9180 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9181
9182 \(fn)" t nil)
9183
9184 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9185 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9186
9187 \(fn)" t nil)
9188
9189 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9190 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9191
9192 \(fn)" t nil)
9193
9194 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9195 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9196
9197 \(fn)" t nil)
9198
9199 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9200 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9201
9202 \(fn)" t nil)
9203
9204 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9205 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9206
9207 \(fn)" t nil)
9208
9209 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9210 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9211
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9213
9214 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9215 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9216
9217 \(fn)" t nil)
9218
9219 ;;;***
9220 \f
9221 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-nets"
9222 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nets.el" (17372 48745))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-nets.el
9224
9225 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-nets" "\
9226 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9227 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9228 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9229
9230 \(fn)" nil nil)
9231
9232 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-nets" "\
9233 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9234
9235 \(fn)" t nil)
9236
9237 ;;;***
9238 \f
9239 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9240 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9241 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9242 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9243
9244 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9245 Show who's gone.
9246
9247 \(fn)" nil nil)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9252 ;;;;;; "erc-nickserv" "erc/erc-nickserv.el" (17372 48745))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-nickserv.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-nickserv" nil t)
9255
9256 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-nickserv" "\
9257 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9258
9259 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9260
9261 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-nickserv" "\
9262 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9263 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9264
9265 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9266
9267 ;;;***
9268 \f
9269 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9270 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17372 48745))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9272 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9273
9274 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9275 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9276 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9277 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9278
9279 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9280
9281 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9282 Not documented
9283
9284 \(fn)" nil nil)
9285
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17372 48745))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9290 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9291
9292 ;;;***
9293 \f
9294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17372
9295 ;;;;;; 48745))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9297 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9298
9299 ;;;***
9300 \f
9301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17372 48745))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9303 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9304
9305 ;;;***
9306 \f
9307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17372 48745))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9309 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9310
9311 ;;;***
9312 \f
9313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17372 48745))
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9315 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9316
9317 ;;;***
9318 \f
9319 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9320 ;;;;;; (17373 26133))
9321 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9322
9323 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9324 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9325 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9326
9327 \(fn)" t nil)
9328
9329 ;;;***
9330 \f
9331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17372
9332 ;;;;;; 48745))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9334 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9335
9336 ;;;***
9337 \f
9338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17374 46377))
9339 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9340 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9341
9342 ;;;***
9343 \f
9344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17372 48745))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9346 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9347 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9348
9349 ;;;***
9350 \f
9351 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9352 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17372 48745))
9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9354 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9355
9356 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9357 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9358 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9359 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9360
9361 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9362
9363 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9364 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9365 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9366
9367 \(fn)" t nil)
9368
9369 ;;;***
9370 \f
9371 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9372 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9374
9375 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9376 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9377
9378 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9379
9380 ;;;***
9381 \f
9382 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17140
9383 ;;;;;; 20930))
9384 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9385
9386 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9387 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9388
9389 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9390
9391 \(fn)" nil nil)
9392
9393 ;;;***
9394 \f
9395 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17140
9396 ;;;;;; 20931))
9397 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9398
9399 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9400 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9401
9402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9403
9404 ;;;***
9405 \f
9406 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9407 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17148 25104))
9408 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9409
9410 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9411 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9412 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9413 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9414 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9415 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9416 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9417 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9418 buffer selected (or created).
9419
9420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9421
9422 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9423 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9424 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9425
9426 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9427
9428 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9429 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9430 The result might be any Lisp object.
9431 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9432 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9433 corresponding to a successful execution.
9434
9435 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9436
9437 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9438 Report a bug in Eshell.
9439 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9440 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9441
9442 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9443
9444 ;;;***
9445 \f
9446 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9447 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9448 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9449 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9450 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9451 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9452 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9453 ;;;;;; (17242 7321))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9455
9456 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9457 *File name of tags table.
9458 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9459 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9460 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9461 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9462
9463 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9464 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9465 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9466 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9467
9468 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9469
9470 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9471 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9472 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9473 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9474 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9475 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9476
9477 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9478
9479 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9480 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9481 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9482 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9483 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9484 `auto-compression-mode').")
9485
9486 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9487
9488 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9489 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9490 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9491 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9492 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9493
9494 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9495
9496 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9497 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9498 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9499 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9500
9501 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9502
9503 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9504 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9505 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9506 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9507 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9508
9509 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9510
9511 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9512 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9513
9514 \(fn)" t nil)
9515
9516 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9517 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9518 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9519 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9520
9521 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9522 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9523 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9524 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9525 file the tag was in.
9526
9527 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9528
9529 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9530 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9531 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9532 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9533 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9534 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9535 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9536 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9537 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9538
9539 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9540
9541 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9542 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9543 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9544 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9545 without directory names.
9546
9547 \(fn)" nil nil)
9548
9549 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9550 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9551 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9552 but does not select the buffer.
9553 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9554
9555 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9556 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9557 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9558 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9559 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9560
9561 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9562
9563 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9564 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9565 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9566
9567 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9568
9569 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9570
9571 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9572 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9573 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9574 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9575
9576 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9577 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9578 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9579 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9580 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9581
9582 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9583
9584 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9585 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9586 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9587
9588 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9589
9590 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9591 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9592
9593 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9594 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9595 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9596 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9597 around or before point.
9598
9599 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9600 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9601 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9602 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9603 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9604
9605 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9606
9607 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9608 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9609 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9610
9611 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9612
9613 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9614 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9615
9616 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9617 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9618 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9619 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9620 around or before point.
9621
9622 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9623 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9624 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9625 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9626 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9627
9628 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9629
9630 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9631 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9632 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9633
9634 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9635
9636 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9637 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9638
9639 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9640 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9641 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9642
9643 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9644 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9645 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9646 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9647 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9648
9649 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9650
9651 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9652 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9653 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9654
9655 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9656
9657 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9658 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9659 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9660
9661 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9662 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9663
9664 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9665 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9666 where they were found.
9667
9668 \(fn)" t nil)
9669
9670 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9671 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9672
9673 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9674 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9675 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9676
9677 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9678 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9679
9680 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9681 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9682
9683 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9686 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9687 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9688 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9689
9690 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9691 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9692 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9693 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9694 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9695
9696 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9697 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9698
9699 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9700 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9701 Stops when a match is found.
9702 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9703
9704 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9705
9706 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9707
9708 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9709 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9710 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9711 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9712 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9713
9714 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9715
9716 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9717
9718 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9719 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9720 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9721 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9722 directory specification.
9723
9724 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9725
9726 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9727 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9728
9729 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9730
9731 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9732 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9733 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9734 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9735
9736 \(fn)" t nil)
9737
9738 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9739 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9740 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9741 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9742 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9743
9744 \(fn)" t nil)
9745
9746 ;;;***
9747 \f
9748 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9749 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9750 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9751 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9752 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9753 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9754 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9755 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17316 61871))
9756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9757
9758 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9759 Not documented
9760
9761 \(fn)" nil nil)
9762
9763 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9764 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9765 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9766 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9767
9768 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9769 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9770 language.
9771
9772 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9773 even if the buffer is read-only.
9774
9775 See also the descriptions of the variables
9776 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9777 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9778
9779 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9780
9781 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9782 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9783
9784 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9785 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9786
9787 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9788 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9789 language.
9790
9791 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9792 buffer is read-only.
9793
9794 See also the descriptions of the variables
9795 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9796 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9797
9798 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9799
9800 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9801 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9802 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9803
9804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9805
9806 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9807 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9808
9809 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9810 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9811
9812 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9813 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9814
9815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9818 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9819 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9820 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9821
9822 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9823
9824 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9825 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9826 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9827 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9828
9829 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9830 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9831 the primary language.
9832
9833 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9834 buffer is read-only.
9835
9836 See also the descriptions of the variables
9837 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9838 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9839
9840 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9841
9842 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9843 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9844 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9845 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9846
9847 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9848 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9849 primary language.
9850
9851 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9852 buffer is read-only.
9853
9854 See also the descriptions of the variables
9855 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9856 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9857
9858 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9859
9860 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9861 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9862 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9863
9864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9865
9866 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9867 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9868
9869 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9870 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9871 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9872 3) convert the body into SERA.
9873
9874 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9875
9876 \(fn)" t nil)
9877
9878 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9879 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9880 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9881
9882 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9883
9884 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9885 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9886
9887 \(fn)" t nil)
9888
9889 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9890 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9891
9892 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9893 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9894 be 1, 2, or 3.
9895
9896 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9897 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9898 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9899
9900 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9901
9902 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9903
9904 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9905 Allow the user to input special characters.
9906
9907 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9908
9909 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9910 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9911 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9912
9913 \(fn)" t nil)
9914
9915 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9916 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9917
9918 \(fn)" t nil)
9919
9920 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9921 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9922
9923 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9924 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9925
9926 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9927 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9928
9929 \(fn)" nil nil)
9930
9931 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9932 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9933
9934 \(fn)" nil nil)
9935
9936 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9937 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9938
9939 \(fn)" nil nil)
9940
9941 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9942 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9943
9944 \(fn)" nil nil)
9945
9946 ;;;***
9947 \f
9948 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9949 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9950 ;;;;;; (17255 34870))
9951 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9952
9953 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9954 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9955 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9956 server for future sessions.
9957
9958 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9959
9960 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9961 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9962 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9963
9964 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9965
9966 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9967 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9968 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9969
9970 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9971
9972 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9973 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9974 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9975 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9976 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9977 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9978 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9979 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9980 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9981 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9982 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9983 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9984
9985 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9988 Display a form to query the directory server.
9989 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9990 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9991
9992 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9993
9994 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9995 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9996 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9997
9998 \(fn)" t nil)
9999
10000 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10001
10002 ;;;***
10003 \f
10004 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10005 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10006 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17140 20940))
10007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10008
10009 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10010 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10011
10012 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10013
10014 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10015 Display URL and make it clickable.
10016
10017 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10018
10019 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10020 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10021
10022 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10023
10024 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10025 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10026
10027 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10028
10029 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10030 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10031
10032 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10033
10034 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10035 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10036
10037 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10038
10039 ;;;***
10040 \f
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10042 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17140 20940))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10044
10045 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10046 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10047 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10048
10049 \(fn)" t nil)
10050
10051 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10052 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10053
10054 \(fn)" t nil)
10055
10056 ;;;***
10057 \f
10058 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10059 ;;;;;; (17140 20940))
10060 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10061
10062 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10063 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10064
10065 \(fn)" t nil)
10066
10067 ;;;***
10068 \f
10069 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10070 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10071 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10072 ;;;;;; (17140 20967))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10074
10075 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10076 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10077 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10078
10079 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10080
10081 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10082 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10083 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10084 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10085 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10086
10087 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10088
10089 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10090 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10091 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10092 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10093 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10094 executable.
10095
10096 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10097
10098 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10099 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10100 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10101
10102 \(fn)" t nil)
10103
10104 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10105 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10106 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10107 file modes.
10108
10109 \(fn)" nil nil)
10110
10111 ;;;***
10112 \f
10113 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10114 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17148 24967))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10116
10117 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10118 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10119 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10120 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10121
10122 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10123
10124 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10125 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10126 to generate such functions.
10127
10128 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10129 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10130 beginning of the expanded text.
10131
10132 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10133 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10134 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10135 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10136
10137 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10138
10139 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10140
10141 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10142 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10143 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10144
10145 \(fn)" t nil)
10146
10147 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10148 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10149 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10150
10151 \(fn)" t nil)
10152 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10153 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10154
10155 ;;;***
10156 \f
10157 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17276 44726))
10158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10159
10160 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10161 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10162 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10163
10164 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10165 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10166 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10167
10168 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10169
10170 Key definitions:
10171 \\{f90-mode-map}
10172
10173 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10174
10175 `f90-do-indent'
10176 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10177 `f90-if-indent'
10178 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10179 `f90-type-indent'
10180 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10181 `f90-program-indent'
10182 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10183 (default 2).
10184 `f90-continuation-indent'
10185 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10186 `f90-comment-region'
10187 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10188 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10189 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10190 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10191 (default \"!\").
10192 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10193 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10194 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10195 `f90-break-delimiters'
10196 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10197 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10198 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10199 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10200 (default t).
10201 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10202 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10203 `f90-smart-end'
10204 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10205 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10206 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10207 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10208 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10209 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10210 `f90-leave-line-no'
10211 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10212
10213 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10214 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10215
10216 \(fn)" t nil)
10217
10218 ;;;***
10219 \f
10220 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10221 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10222 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10223 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10224 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17148 24967))
10225 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10226 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10227 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10228
10229 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10230 Menu keymap for faces.")
10231
10232 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10233
10234 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10235 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10236
10237 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10238
10239 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10240 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10241
10242 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10243
10244 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10245 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10246
10247 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10248
10249 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10250 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10251
10252 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10253
10254 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10255 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10256
10257 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10258
10259 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10260 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10261
10262 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10263
10264 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10265
10266 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10267
10268 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10269
10270 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10271 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10272 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10273 will not show through at all will be removed.
10274
10275 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10276
10277 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10278 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10279 requested face.
10280
10281 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10282 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10283 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10284
10285 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10286
10287 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10288 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10289 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10290
10291 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10292 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10293 requested face.
10294
10295 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10296 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10297 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10298
10299 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10300
10301 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10302 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10303 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10304
10305 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10306 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10307 requested face.
10308
10309 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10310 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10311 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10312
10313 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10314
10315 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10316 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10317 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10318 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10319 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10320 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10321 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10322
10323 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10324 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10325 requested face.
10326
10327 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10328 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10329 to insert cancels the specification.
10330
10331 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10334 Make the region invisible.
10335 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10336 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10337
10338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10339
10340 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10341 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10342 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10343 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10344
10345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10346
10347 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10348 Make the region unmodifiable.
10349 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10350 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10351
10352 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10353
10354 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10355 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10356
10357 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10358
10359 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10360 Remove all text properties from the region.
10361
10362 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10365 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10366 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10367
10368 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10371 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10372
10373 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10374
10375 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10376 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10377 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10378 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10379 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10380 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10381
10382 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10383
10384 ;;;***
10385 \f
10386 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10387 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17205 6148))
10388 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10389
10390 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10391 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10392 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10393 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10394
10395 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10396
10397 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10398 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10399 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10400
10401 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10402 - When you save the file's buffer.
10403 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10404 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10405 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10406 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10407
10408 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10409
10410 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10411 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10412 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10413 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10414
10415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10416
10417 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10418 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10419
10420 \(fn)" nil nil)
10421
10422 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10423
10424 ;;;***
10425 \f
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10427 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10428 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17258 33756))
10429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10430
10431 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10432 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10433 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10434 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10435
10436 \(fn)" nil nil)
10437
10438 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10439 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10440
10441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10442
10443 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10444 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10445 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10446 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10447
10448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10449
10450 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10451 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10452 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10453 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10454 backup file names and the like).
10455
10456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10459 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10460 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10461 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10462 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10463 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10464 internally by feedmail):
10465
10466 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10467 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10468 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10469 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10470
10471 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10472 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10473 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10474 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10475 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10476
10477 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10478
10479 ;;;***
10480 \f
10481 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10482 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17279 16968))
10483 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10484
10485 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10486 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10487 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10488 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10489 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10490 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10491 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10492
10493 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10496 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10497 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10498 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10499 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10500 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10501 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10502
10503 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10504
10505 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10506
10507 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10508 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10509 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10510 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10511 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10512 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10513
10514 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10517 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10518 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10519 Return value:
10520 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10521 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10522 * otherwise, nil
10523
10524 \(fn E)" t nil)
10525
10526 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10527 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10528
10529 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10530
10531 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10532 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10533
10534 \(fn)" t nil)
10535
10536 ;;;***
10537 \f
10538 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10539 ;;;;;; (17239 32205))
10540 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10541
10542 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10543 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10544 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10545 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10546 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10547 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10548 \(directories) is done.
10549
10550 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10551 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10552 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10553 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10554
10555 ;;;***
10556 \f
10557 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17148
10558 ;;;;;; 24974))
10559 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10560
10561 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10562 Filesets initialization.
10563 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10564
10565 \(fn)" nil nil)
10566
10567 ;;;***
10568 \f
10569 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10570 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10571 ;;;;;; (17148 24974))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10573
10574 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10575 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10576 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10577 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10578 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10579
10580 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10581
10582 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10583 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10584 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10585 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10586 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10587
10588 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10589
10590 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10591 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10592 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10593 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10594
10595 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10596
10597 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10598 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10599 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10600
10601 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10602
10603 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10604 as the final argument.
10605
10606 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10607
10608 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10609 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10610 and run dired on those files.
10611 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10612 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10613
10614 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10615
10616 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10619 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10620 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10621
10622 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10623
10624 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10625
10626 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10627
10628 ;;;***
10629 \f
10630 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10631 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10632 ;;;;;; (17148 24975))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10634
10635 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10636 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10637 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10638 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10639 construct.")
10640
10641 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10642 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10643 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10644
10645 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10646
10647 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10648
10649 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10650
10651 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10652 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10653 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10654
10655 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10656 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10657
10658 Variables of interest include:
10659
10660 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10661 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10662 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10663
10664 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10665 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10666 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10667
10668 - `ff-ignore-include'
10669 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10670
10671 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10672 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10673
10674 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10675 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10676
10677 - `ff-special-constructs'
10678 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10679 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10680 extracting the filename from that construct.
10681
10682 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10683 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10684
10685 - `ff-search-directories'
10686 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10687 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10688
10689 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10690 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10691
10692 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10693 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10694
10695 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10696 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10697
10698 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10699 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10700
10701 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10702 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10703
10704 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10705
10706 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10707 Visit the file you click on.
10708
10709 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10710
10711 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10712 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10713
10714 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10715
10716 ;;;***
10717 \f
10718 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10719 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10720 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10721 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10722 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10723 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10724 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17381 36246))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10726
10727 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10728 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10729
10730 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10733 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10734 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10735 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10736 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10737 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10738
10739 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10740
10741 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10742 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10743
10744 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10745 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10746 not selected.
10747
10748 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10749 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10750 in `load-path'.
10751
10752 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10753
10754 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10755 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10756
10757 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10758 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10759 places point before the definition.
10760 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10761
10762 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10763 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10764 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10765
10766 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10767
10768 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10769 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10770
10771 See `find-function' for more details.
10772
10773 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10774
10775 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10776 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10777
10778 See `find-function' for more details.
10779
10780 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10781
10782 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10783 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10784
10785 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10786 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10787
10788 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10789 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10790
10791 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10792
10793 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10794 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10795
10796 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10797 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10798 places point before the definition.
10799
10800 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10801
10802 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10803 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10804 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10805
10806 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10807
10808 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10809 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10810
10811 See `find-variable' for more details.
10812
10813 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10814
10815 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10816 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10817
10818 See `find-variable' for more details.
10819
10820 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10821
10822 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10823 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10824 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10825 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10826 buffer nor display it.
10827
10828 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10829 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10830
10831 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10832
10833 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10834 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10835
10836 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10837 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10838 places point before the definition.
10839
10840 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10841
10842 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10843 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10844 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10845
10846 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10847
10848 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10849 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10850 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10851
10852 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10853
10854 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10855 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10856
10857 \(fn)" t nil)
10858
10859 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10860 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10861
10862 \(fn)" t nil)
10863
10864 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10865 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10866
10867 \(fn)" nil nil)
10868
10869 ;;;***
10870 \f
10871 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10872 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17269 21886))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10874
10875 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10876 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10877
10878 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10881 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10882
10883 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10884
10885 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10886 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10887
10888 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10889
10890 ;;;***
10891 \f
10892 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10893 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17245 51608))
10894 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10895
10896 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10897 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10898
10899 \(fn)" t nil)
10900
10901 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10902 Display FILE's commentary section.
10903 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10904
10905 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10906
10907 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10908 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10909
10910 \(fn)" t nil)
10911
10912 ;;;***
10913 \f
10914 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10915 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17148 24975))
10916 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10917
10918 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10919 Toggle flow control handling.
10920 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10921 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10922
10923 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10926 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10927 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10928 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10929 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10930 to get the effect of a C-q.
10931
10932 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10933
10934 ;;;***
10935 \f
10936 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10937 ;;;;;; (17254 33237))
10938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10939
10940 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10941 Not documented
10942
10943 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10944
10945 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10946 Not documented
10947
10948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10949
10950 ;;;***
10951 \f
10952 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10953 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17348 7449))
10954 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10955
10956 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10957 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10958 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10959 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10960
10961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10962
10963 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10964 Turn flymake mode on.
10965
10966 \(fn)" nil nil)
10967
10968 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10969 Turn flymake mode off.
10970
10971 \(fn)" nil nil)
10972
10973 ;;;***
10974 \f
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10976 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10977 ;;;;;; (17370 39824))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10979
10980 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10981 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10982
10983 \(fn)" t nil)
10984 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10985
10986 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10987 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10988 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10989 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10990 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10991 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10992
10993 Bindings:
10994 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10995 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10996 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10997 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10998
10999 Hooks:
11000 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11001
11002 Remark:
11003 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11004 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11005 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11006
11007 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11008 consider adding:
11009 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11010 in your .emacs file.
11011
11012 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11013 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11014
11015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11016
11017 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11018 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11019
11020 \(fn)" nil nil)
11021
11022 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11023 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11024
11025 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11026
11027 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11028 Flyspell whole buffer.
11029
11030 \(fn)" t nil)
11031
11032 ;;;***
11033 \f
11034 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11035 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11036 ;;;;;; (17194 38158))
11037 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11038
11039 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11040 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11041
11042 \(fn)" t nil)
11043
11044 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11045 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11046
11047 \(fn)" t nil)
11048
11049 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11050 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11051
11052 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11053 of two major techniques:
11054
11055 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11056 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11057 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11058
11059 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11060 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11061 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11062 movement commands.
11063
11064 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11065 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11066 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11067 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11068 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11069 mileage may vary).
11070
11071 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11072 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11073
11074 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11075
11076 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11077 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11078 \(This is the default.)
11079
11080 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11081 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11082
11083 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11084 \\{follow-mode-map}
11085
11086 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11087
11088 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11089 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11090
11091 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11092 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11093 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11094 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11095 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11096 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11097
11098 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11099 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11100 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11101
11102 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11103 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11104 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11105
11106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11107
11108 ;;;***
11109 \f
11110 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17148
11111 ;;;;;; 25154))
11112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11113
11114 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11115 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11116 \\<message-mode-map>
11117 key binding
11118 --- -------
11119
11120 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11121 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11122 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11123 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11124 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11125 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11126
11127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11128
11129 ;;;***
11130 \f
11131 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11132 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17239 32209))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11134
11135 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11136 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11137
11138 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11139 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11140 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11141 C-c < forms-first-record <
11142 C-c > forms-last-record >
11143 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11144 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11145 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11146 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11147 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11148 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11149 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11150 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11151 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11152 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11153
11154 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11155
11156 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11157 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11158
11159 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11160
11161 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11162 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11163
11164 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11165
11166 ;;;***
11167 \f
11168 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11169 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 30049))
11170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11171
11172 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11173 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11174 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11175 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11176 with a character in column 6.")
11177
11178 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11179
11180 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11181 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11182 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11183
11184 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11185 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11186
11187 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11188
11189 Key definitions:
11190 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11191
11192 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11193
11194 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11195 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11196 `fortran-do-indent'
11197 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11198 `fortran-if-indent'
11199 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11200 `fortran-structure-indent'
11201 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11202 (default 3)
11203 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11204 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11205 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11206 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11207 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11208 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11209 nil don't change the indentation
11210 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11211 value of either
11212 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11213 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11214 depending on the continuation format in use.
11215 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11216 indentation for a line of code.
11217 (default 'fixed)
11218 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11219 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11220 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11221 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11222 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11223 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11224 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11225 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11226 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11227 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11228 column 5.
11229 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11230 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11231 statements (default nil).
11232 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11233 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11234 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11235 `fortran-continuation-string'
11236 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11237 line (default \"$\").
11238 `fortran-comment-region'
11239 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11240 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11241 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11242 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11243 as typed (default t).
11244 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11245 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11246
11247 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11248 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11249
11250 \(fn)" t nil)
11251
11252 ;;;***
11253 \f
11254 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11255 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17140 20947))
11256 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11257
11258 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11259 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11260
11261 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11262 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11263
11264 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11265
11266 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11267 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11268
11269 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11270 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11271
11272 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11273
11274 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11275 Compile fortune file.
11276
11277 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11278 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11279
11280 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11281
11282 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11283 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11284
11285 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11286 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11287 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11288 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11289
11290 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11291
11292 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11293 Display a fortune cookie.
11294
11295 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11296 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11297 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11298 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11299
11300 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11301
11302 ;;;***
11303 \f
11304 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
11305 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17148 24980))
11306 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
11307
11308 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
11309 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
11310 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
11311 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
11312 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
11313 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
11314 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
11315 fringe).
11316 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
11317 it take real effect.
11318 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
11319 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
11320 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
11321
11322 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
11323
11324 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
11325 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
11326
11327 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
11328 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
11329 `minimal' and `half'.
11330
11331 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
11332 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
11333 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
11334 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
11335 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
11336 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
11337 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
11338 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
11339 width of 0.
11340
11341 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
11342 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
11343 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
11344 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
11345 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
11346
11347 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11348
11349 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
11350 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
11351
11352 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
11353 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
11354 `minimal' and `half'.
11355
11356 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
11357 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
11358 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
11359 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
11360 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
11361 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
11362 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
11363 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
11364 width of 0.
11365
11366 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
11367 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
11368 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
11369 `fringe-mode'.
11370
11371 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11372
11373 ;;;***
11374 \f
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11376 ;;;;;; (17331 18137))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11378
11379 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11380 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11381 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11382 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11383
11384 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11385 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11386 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11387 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11388
11389 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11390 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11391 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11392 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
11393 relevant buffer.
11394
11395 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11396
11397 The following commands help control operation :
11398
11399 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11400 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11401
11402 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11403 detailed description of this mode.
11404
11405
11406 +--------------------------------------------------------------+
11407 | GDB Toolbar |
11408 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11409 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11410 | | |
11411 | | |
11412 | | |
11413 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11414 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of inferior) |
11415 | | (comint-mode) |
11416 | | |
11417 | | |
11418 | | |
11419 | | |
11420 | | |
11421 | | |
11422 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11423 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11424 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11425 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11426 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11427 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11428
11429 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11430
11431 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
11432 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11433
11434 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
11435
11436 ;;;***
11437 \f
11438 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11439 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17148
11440 ;;;;;; 25095))
11441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11442
11443 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11444 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11445 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11446 instead (which see).")
11447
11448 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11449 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11450
11451 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11452 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11453 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11454 documentation string instead.
11455
11456 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11457 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11458 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11459 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11460 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11461 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11462 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11463 enders are actually possible.
11464
11465 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11466 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11467
11468 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11469 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11470 `font-lock-keywords'.
11471
11472 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11473 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11474 runs the macro expansion.
11475
11476 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11477 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11478 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11479
11480 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11481
11482 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11483
11484 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11485 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11486
11487 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11488
11489 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11490 Enter generic mode MODE.
11491
11492 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11493 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11494 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11495
11496 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11497 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11498
11499 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11500
11501 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11502 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11503 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11504 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11505 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11506 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11507 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11508 `font-lock-keywords'.
11509
11510 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11511
11512 ;;;***
11513 \f
11514 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11515 ;;;;;; (17333 17859))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11517
11518 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11519 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11520 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11521 at places they belong to.
11522
11523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11524
11525 ;;;***
11526 \f
11527 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11528 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17316 41648))
11529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11530
11531 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11532 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11533
11534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11535
11536 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11537 Read network news.
11538 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11539 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11540 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11541 name of an NNTP server to use.
11542 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11543 server.
11544
11545 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11546
11547 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11548 Read news as a slave.
11549
11550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11551
11552 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11553 Pop up a frame to read news.
11554 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11555 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11556 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11557 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11558 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11559 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11560 current display is used.
11561
11562 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11563
11564 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11565 Read network news.
11566 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11567 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11568 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11569
11570 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11571
11572 ;;;***
11573 \f
11574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11575 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11576 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11577 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11578 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11579 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17316 41648))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11581
11582 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11583 Start Gnus unplugged.
11584
11585 \(fn)" t nil)
11586
11587 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11588 Start Gnus plugged.
11589
11590 \(fn)" t nil)
11591
11592 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11593 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11594
11595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11596
11597 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11598 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11599
11600 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11601 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11602 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11603
11604 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11605 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11606 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11607
11608 \(fn)" t nil)
11609
11610 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11611 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11612
11613 \(fn)" nil nil)
11614
11615 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11616 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11617 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11618 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11619 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11620 supported.
11621
11622 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11623
11624 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11625 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11626 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11627 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11628 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11629 supported.
11630
11631 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11632
11633 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11634 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11635
11636 \(fn)" nil nil)
11637
11638 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11639 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11640 downloaded into the agent.
11641
11642 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11643
11644 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11645 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11646 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11647 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11648
11649 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11650
11651 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11652 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11653
11654 \(fn)" t nil)
11655
11656 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11657 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11658
11659 \(fn)" t nil)
11660
11661 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11662 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11663 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11664
11665 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11666
11667 ;;;***
11668 \f
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11670 ;;;;;; (17367 34952))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11672
11673 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11674 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11675
11676 \(fn)" nil nil)
11677
11678 ;;;***
11679 \f
11680 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11681 ;;;;;; (17148 25111))
11682 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11683
11684 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11685 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11686
11687 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11688
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11692 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11693 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17305
11694 ;;;;;; 44993))
11695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11696
11697 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11698 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11699
11700 Usage:
11701 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11702
11703 \(fn)" t nil)
11704
11705 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11706 Generate the cache active file.
11707
11708 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11709
11710 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11711 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11712
11713 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11714
11715 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11716 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11717 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11718 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11719 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11720 supported.
11721
11722 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11723
11724 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11725 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11726 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11727 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11728 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11729 supported.
11730
11731 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11732
11733 ;;;***
11734 \f
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11736 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17294 14916))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11738
11739 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11740 Delay this article by some time.
11741 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11742
11743 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11744 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11745
11746 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11747 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11748
11749 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11750 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11751
11752 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11755 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11756
11757 \(fn)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11760 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11761 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11762 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11763
11764 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11765 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11766
11767 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11768
11769 ;;;***
11770 \f
11771 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11772 ;;;;;; (17148 25112))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11774
11775 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11776 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11777
11778 \(fn)" nil nil)
11779
11780 ;;;***
11781 \f
11782 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11783 ;;;;;; (17148 25113))
11784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11785
11786 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11787 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11788
11789 \(fn)" t nil)
11790
11791 ;;;***
11792 \f
11793 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11794 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11795 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17185
11796 ;;;;;; 27513))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11798
11799 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11800 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11801
11802 \(fn)" t nil)
11803
11804 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11805 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11806
11807 \(fn)" t nil)
11808
11809 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11810 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11811
11812 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11813
11814 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11815 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11816
11817 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11818
11819 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11820 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11821 The PNG is returned as a string.
11822
11823 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11824
11825 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11826 Convert FILE to a Face.
11827 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11828 726 bytes.
11829
11830 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11831
11832 ;;;***
11833 \f
11834 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11835 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17356 25047))
11836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11837
11838 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11839 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11840 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11841
11842 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11843
11844 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11845 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11846
11847 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11848
11849 ;;;***
11850 \f
11851 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11852 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11854
11855 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11856
11857 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11858 Run batched scoring.
11859 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11860
11861 \(fn)" t nil)
11862
11863 ;;;***
11864 \f
11865 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11866 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11867 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11869
11870 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11871 Not documented
11872
11873 \(fn)" nil nil)
11874
11875 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11876 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11877 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11878
11879 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11880
11881 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11882 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11883
11884 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11885
11886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11887
11888 ;;;***
11889 \f
11890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11891 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11892 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11894
11895 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11896 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11897 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11898 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11899 group parameters.
11900
11901 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11902 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11903 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11904 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11905
11906 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11907 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11908 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11909 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11910 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11911 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11912 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11913 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11914 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11915 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11916
11917 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11918
11919 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11920 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11921 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11922 nil CATCH-ALL).
11923
11924 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11925 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11926
11927 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11928
11929 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11930 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11931 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11932
11933 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11934
11935 \(fn)" nil nil)
11936
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11938 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11939 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11940
11941 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11942
11943 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11944 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11945 existing groups are considered.
11946
11947 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11948 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11949 returned.
11950
11951 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11952 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11953 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11954 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11955 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11956 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11957 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11958 clauses will be generated.
11959
11960 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11961 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11962 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11963 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11964 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11965 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11966
11967 For example, given the following group parameters:
11968
11969 nnml:mail.bar:
11970 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11971 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11972 nnml:mail.foo:
11973 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11974 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11975 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11976 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11977 nnml:mail.others:
11978 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11979
11980 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11981
11982 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11983 \"mail.bar\")
11984 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11985 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11986 \"mail.others\")
11987
11988 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11989
11990 ;;;***
11991 \f
11992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11993 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11995
11996 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11997 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11998 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11999
12000 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12001
12002 ;;;***
12003 \f
12004 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12005 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17348 27747))
12006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12007
12008 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12009 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12010 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12011 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12012
12013 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12014
12015 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12016 Mail to ADDRESS.
12017
12018 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12019
12020 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12021 Like `message-reply'.
12022
12023 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12024
12025 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12026
12027 ;;;***
12028 \f
12029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12030 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12031 ;;;;;; (17148 25117))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12033
12034 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12035 Display picons in the From header.
12036 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12037
12038 \(fn)" t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12041 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12042 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12043
12044 \(fn)" t nil)
12045
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12047 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12048 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12049
12050 \(fn)" t nil)
12051
12052 ;;;***
12053 \f
12054 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12055 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12056 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12057 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12058 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17148 25118))
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12060
12061 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12062 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12063 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12064 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12065
12066 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12067
12068 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12069 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12070 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12071 LIST1 is modified.
12072
12073 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12074
12075 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12076 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12077 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12078
12079 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12080
12081 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12082 Not documented
12083
12084 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12085
12086 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12087 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12088 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12089
12090 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12091
12092 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12093 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12094 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12095
12096 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12097
12098 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12099
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12101 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12102 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12103
12104 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12105
12106 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12107 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12108 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12109
12110 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12111
12112 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12113 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12114 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12115
12116 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12117
12118 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12119 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12120
12121 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12122
12123 ;;;***
12124 \f
12125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12126 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17148 25118))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12128
12129 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12130 Not documented
12131
12132 \(fn)" t nil)
12133
12134 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12135 Install the registry hooks.
12136
12137 \(fn)" t nil)
12138
12139 ;;;***
12140 \f
12141 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12142 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17148
12143 ;;;;;; 25120))
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12145
12146 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12147 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12148 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12149 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12150 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12151 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12152
12153 \(fn)" t nil)
12154
12155 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12156 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12157 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12158 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12159 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12160
12161 \(fn)" t nil)
12162
12163 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12164 Not documented
12165
12166 \(fn)" t nil)
12167
12168 ;;;***
12169 \f
12170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12171 ;;;;;; (17148 25120))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12173
12174 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12175 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12176 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12177 for matching on group names.
12178
12179 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12180 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12181
12182 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12183
12184 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12185
12186 \(fn)" t nil)
12187
12188 ;;;***
12189 \f
12190 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12191 ;;;;;; (17185 27516))
12192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12193
12194 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12195 Update the format specification near point.
12196
12197 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12198
12199 ;;;***
12200 \f
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12202 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17356
12203 ;;;;;; 25047))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12205
12206 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12207 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12208
12209 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12210
12211 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12212 Not documented
12213
12214 \(fn)" nil nil)
12215
12216 ;;;***
12217 \f
12218 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12219 ;;;;;; (17148 25131))
12220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12221
12222 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12223 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12224
12225 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12226
12227 ;;;***
12228 \f
12229 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17239 32364))
12230 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12231
12232 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12233 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12234
12235 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12236 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12237 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12238
12239 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12240 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12241 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12242
12243 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12244 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12245
12246 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12247 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12248
12249 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12250
12251 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12252
12253 ;;;***
12254 \f
12255 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12256 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17333 17859))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12258
12259 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12260
12261 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12262 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12263 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12264 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12265 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12266
12267 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12268
12269 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12270 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12271 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12272 or to send e-mail.
12273 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12274 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12275
12276 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12277 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12278
12279 \(fn)" t nil)
12280
12281 ;;;***
12282 \f
12283 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
12284 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12285 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17185 27647))
12286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12287
12288 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12289 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12290
12291 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12292
12293 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12294 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12295 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12296 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12297 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12298
12299 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12300 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12301
12302 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12303
12304 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12305 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12306 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12307 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12308
12309 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12310
12311 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12312 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12313
12314 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12315
12316 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12317 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12318
12319 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12320 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12321 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12322
12323 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12324 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12325 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12326
12327 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12328 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12329
12330 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12331 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12332
12333 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12334
12335 (defvar grep-history nil)
12336
12337 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12338
12339 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12340 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12341 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12342
12343 \(fn)" nil nil)
12344
12345 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12346 Not documented
12347
12348 \(fn)" nil nil)
12349
12350 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12351 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12352 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12353 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12354 where grep found matches.
12355
12356 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12357 easily repeat a grep command.
12358
12359 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12360 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12361 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12362 if that history list is empty).
12363
12364 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
12365 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
12366
12367 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
12368
12369 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12370 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12371
12372 \(fn)" nil nil)
12373
12374 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12375 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12376 Collect output in a buffer.
12377 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12378 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12379
12380 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12381 easily repeat a find command.
12382
12383 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12384
12385 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12386
12387 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
12388 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12389 Collect output in a buffer.
12390 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
12391 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
12392 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12393 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
12394 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12395
12396 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12397 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12398
12399 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12400 easily repeat a find command.
12401
12402 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
12403 those sub directories of DIR.
12404
12405 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
12406
12407 ;;;***
12408 \f
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17148 24982))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12411
12412 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12413 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12414 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12415 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12416 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12417
12418 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12419
12420 ;;;***
12421 \f
12422 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
12423 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17342 36761))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12425
12426 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12427 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12428 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12429 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12430
12431 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12432
12433 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12434 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12435 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12436 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12437
12438 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12439
12440 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12441 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12442 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12443 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12444
12445 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12446
12447 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12448 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12449 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12450 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12451
12452 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12453 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12454
12455 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12456
12457 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12458 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12459 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12460 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12461
12462 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12463
12464 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12465 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12466 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12467 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12468
12469 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12470
12471 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12472 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12473 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12474 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12475 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12476
12477 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12478 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12479 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12480 original source file access method.
12481
12482 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12483 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12484
12485 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12486
12487 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12488 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12489 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12490 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12491
12492 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12493 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12494
12495 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12496
12497 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12498 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12499
12500 \(fn)" t nil)
12501
12502 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12503 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12504 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12506 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12507
12508 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
12509
12510 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12511
12512 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
12513 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12514
12515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12516
12517 ;;;***
12518 \f
12519 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17185
12520 ;;;;;; 27606))
12521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12522
12523 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12524 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12525 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12526 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12527
12528 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12529 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12530 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12531 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12532
12533 \(fn)" t nil)
12534
12535 ;;;***
12536 \f
12537 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12538 ;;;;;; (17075 55477))
12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12540
12541 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12542 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12543
12544 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12545
12546 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12547 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12548 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12549 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12550
12551 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12552
12553 \(fn)" t nil)
12554
12555 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12556 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12557 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12558 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12559 to be updated.
12560
12561 \(fn)" t nil)
12562
12563 ;;;***
12564 \f
12565 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12566 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12567 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12568 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17148 24982))
12569 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12570
12571 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12572 Return the help-echo string at point.
12573 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12574 property, or nil, is returned.
12575 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12576 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12577 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12578
12579 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12580
12581 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12582 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12583 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12584 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12585 this produces no string either, return nil.
12586
12587 \(fn)" nil nil)
12588
12589 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12590 Display local help in the echo area.
12591 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12592 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12593 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12594 printed instead.
12595
12596 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12597 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12598 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12599
12600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12601
12602 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12603 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12604 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12605
12606 \(fn)" t nil)
12607
12608 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12609 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12610 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12611
12612 \(fn)" t nil)
12613
12614 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12615 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12616 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12617 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12618 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12619 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12620 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12621 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12622 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12623 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12624 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12625
12626 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12627 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12628 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12629 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12630 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12631
12632 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12633 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12634 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12635 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12636 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12637 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12638 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12639 The default is `never'.")
12640
12641 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12642
12643 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12644 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12645 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12646 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12647 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12648 considered different regions.
12649
12650 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12651 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12652 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12653 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12654 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12655 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12656 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12657 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12658 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12659
12660 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12661
12662 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12663 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12664 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12665 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12666 different regions.
12667
12668 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12669 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12670 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12671 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12672 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12673 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12674 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12675 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12676
12677 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12678 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12679 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12680 rarely happens in practice.
12681
12682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12683
12684 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12685 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12686 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12687 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12688 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12689 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12690
12691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12692
12693 ;;;***
12694 \f
12695 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12696 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12697 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12698 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17369 18480))
12699 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12700
12701 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12702 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12703 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12704 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12705 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12706 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12707
12708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12709
12710 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12711 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12712
12713 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12714
12715 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12716 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12717 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12718
12719 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12720
12721 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12722 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12723
12724 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12725
12726 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12727 Not documented
12728
12729 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12730
12731 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12732 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12733 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12734 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12735
12736 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12737
12738 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12739 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12740 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12741 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12742 it is displayed along with the global value.
12743
12744 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12745
12746 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12747 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12748 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12749 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12750
12751 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12752
12753 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12754 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12755 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12756 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12757 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12758
12759 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12760
12761 ;;;***
12762 \f
12763 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12764 ;;;;;; (17312 51444))
12765 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12766
12767 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12768 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12769 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12770 and window listing and describing the options.
12771 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12772 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12773
12774 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12775
12776 ;;;***
12777 \f
12778 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12779 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12780 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17329 45783))
12781 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12782
12783 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12784 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12785 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12786 Commands:
12787 \\{help-mode-map}
12788
12789 \(fn)" t nil)
12790
12791 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12792 Not documented
12793
12794 \(fn)" nil nil)
12795
12796 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12797 Not documented
12798
12799 \(fn)" nil nil)
12800
12801 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12802 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12803
12804 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12805 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12806 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12807 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12808
12809 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12810 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12811 restore it properly when going back.
12812
12813 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12814
12815 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12816 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12817
12818 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12819 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12820 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12821 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12822 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12823 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12824 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12825 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12826
12827 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12828 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12829 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12830 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12831
12832 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12833 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12834 that.
12835
12836 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12837
12838 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12839 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12840 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12841 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12842 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12843 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12844
12845 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12846
12847 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12848 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12849 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12850 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12851 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12852
12853 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12854
12855 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12856 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12857
12858 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12859
12860 ;;;***
12861 \f
12862 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12863 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17148 25095))
12864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12865
12866 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12867 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12868
12869 \(fn)" t nil)
12870
12871 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12872 Provide help for current mode.
12873
12874 \(fn)" t nil)
12875
12876 ;;;***
12877 \f
12878 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12879 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17167 2778))
12880 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12881
12882 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12883 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12884 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12885 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12886 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12887
12888 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12889 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12890
12891 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12892 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12893 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12894 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12895
12896 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12897 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12898 periods.
12899
12900 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12901 in hexl format.
12902
12903 A sample format:
12904
12905 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12906 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12907 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12908 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12909 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12910 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12911 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12912 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12913 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12914 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12915 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12916 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12917 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12918 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12919 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12920
12921 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12922 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12923 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12924
12925 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12926 also supported.
12927
12928 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12929
12930 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12931 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12932 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12933
12934 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12935 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12936 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12937
12938 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12939 into the buffer at the current point.
12940
12941 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12942 into the buffer at the current point.
12943
12944 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12945 into the buffer at the current point.
12946
12947 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12948
12949 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12950 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12951
12952 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12953
12954 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12955
12956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12957
12958 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12959 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12960 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12961
12962 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12963
12964 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12965 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12966 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12967
12968 \(fn)" t nil)
12969
12970 ;;;***
12971 \f
12972 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12973 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12974 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12975 ;;;;;; (17378 6213))
12976 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12977
12978 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12979 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12980
12981 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12982 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12983 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12984 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12985 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12986 called interactively, are:
12987
12988 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12989 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12990
12991 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12992 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12993 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12994 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12995
12996 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12997 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12998
12999 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13000 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13001
13002 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13003 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13004 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13005 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13006 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13007 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13008
13009 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13010 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13011
13012 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13013 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13014 Hi-lock: FOO
13015 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13016 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13017 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13018 Patterns will be read until
13019 Hi-lock: end
13020 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13021
13022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13023
13024 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13025 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13026 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13028 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13029
13030 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13031
13032 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13033
13034 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13035 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13036 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13037 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13038 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13039
13040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13041
13042 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13043
13044 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13045 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13046
13047 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13048 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13049 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13050 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13051
13052 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13053
13054 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13055
13056 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13057 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13058
13059 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13060 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13061 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13062 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13063
13064 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13065
13066 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13067
13068 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13069 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13070
13071 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13072 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13073
13074 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13075
13076 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13077
13078 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13079 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13080
13081 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13082 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13083 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13084 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13085 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13086
13087 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13088
13089 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13090 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13091
13092 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13093 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13094 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13095
13096 \(fn)" t nil)
13097
13098 ;;;***
13099 \f
13100 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13101 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17140 20971))
13102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13103
13104 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13105 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13106 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13107 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13108 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13109 how the hiding is done:
13110
13111 `hide-ifdef-env'
13112 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13113 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13114 is used.
13115
13116 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13117 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13118 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13119 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13120 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13121
13122 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13123 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13124 #endif lines when hiding.
13125
13126 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13127 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13128 is activated.
13129
13130 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13131 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13132 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13133
13134 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13135
13136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13137
13138 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13139 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13140
13141 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13142
13143 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13144 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13145
13146 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13147
13148 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13149 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13150
13151 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13152
13153 ;;;***
13154 \f
13155 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13156 ;;;;;; (17194 38303))
13157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13158
13159 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13160 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13161 Each element has the form
13162 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13163
13164 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13165 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13166
13167 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13168 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13169
13170 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13171 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13172 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13173 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13174 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13175 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13176
13177 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13178 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13179
13180 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13181 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13182
13183 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13184 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13185 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13186
13187 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13188 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13189 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13190 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13191 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13192 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13193
13194 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13195 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13196 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13197
13198 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13199 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13200
13201 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13202
13203 Key bindings:
13204 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13205
13206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13207
13208 ;;;***
13209 \f
13210 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13211 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13212 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13213 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13214 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17376 48878))
13215 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13216
13217 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13218 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13219 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13220
13221 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13222
13223 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13224 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13225
13226 Without an argument:
13227 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13228 or passive state as determined by the variable
13229 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13230 and passive state.
13231
13232 With an argument ARG:
13233 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13234 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13235 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13236
13237 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13238 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13239 not displayed in a different face.
13240
13241 Functions:
13242 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13243 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13244 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13245 buffer with the contents of a file
13246 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13247 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13248 various faces
13249
13250 Hook variables:
13251 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13252 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13253 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13254
13255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13256
13257 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13258 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13259
13260 \(fn)" t nil)
13261
13262 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13263 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13264
13265 \(fn)" t nil)
13266
13267 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13268 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13269
13270 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13271 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13272 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13273 shown in the last face in the list.
13274
13275 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13276 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13277 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13278
13279 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13280
13281 \(fn)" t nil)
13282
13283 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13284 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13285
13286 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13287
13288 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13289 to save the file.
13290
13291 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13292 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13293
13294 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13295 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13296 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13297
13298 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13299
13300 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13301 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13302
13303 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13304 this function is called interactively.
13305
13306 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13307 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13308 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13309
13310 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13311 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13312 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13313
13314 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13315
13316 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13317 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13318
13319 When called interactively:
13320 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13321 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13322 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13323 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13324
13325 When called from a program:
13326 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13327 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13328 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13329 - otherwise just turn it on
13330
13331 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13332 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13333 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13334 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13335
13336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13337
13338 ;;;***
13339 \f
13340 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13341 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13342 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13343 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13344 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17148 24985))
13345 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13346
13347 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13348 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13349 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13350 or insert functions in this list.")
13351
13352 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13353
13354 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13355 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13356
13357 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13358
13359 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13360 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13361
13362 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13363
13364 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13365 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13366
13367 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13368
13369 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13370 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13371
13372 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13373
13374 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13375 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13376 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13377
13378 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13379
13380 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13381 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13382 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13383 \(as atoms)")
13384
13385 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13386
13387 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13388 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13389 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13390 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13391 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13392
13393 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13394
13395 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13396 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13397 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13398 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13399 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13400 expansions.
13401 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13402 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13403 undoes the expansion.
13404
13405 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13406
13407 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13408 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13409 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13410 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13411
13412 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13413
13414 ;;;***
13415 \f
13416 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13417 ;;;;;; (17363 41687))
13418 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13419
13420 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13421 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13422 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13423
13424 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13425 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13426 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13427 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13428 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13429
13430 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13431 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13432 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13433 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13434
13435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13436
13437 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13438 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13439 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13440 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13441 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13442
13443 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13444
13445 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13446
13447 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13448 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13449 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13450
13451 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13452 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13453
13454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13455
13456 ;;;***
13457 \f
13458 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13459 ;;;;;; (17307 14150))
13460 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13461
13462 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13463 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13464 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13465
13466 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13467
13468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13469
13470 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13471 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13472
13473 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
13474 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
13475
13476 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13477
13478 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13479
13480 ;;;***
13481 \f
13482 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13483 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17148 25179))
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13485
13486 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13487 This function is obsolete.
13488 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13489 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13490
13491 \(fn)" nil nil)
13492
13493 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13494 This function is obsolete.
13495 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13496 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13497
13498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13499
13500 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13501 This function is obsolete.
13502 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13503 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13504
13505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13506
13507 ;;;***
13508 \f
13509 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17148
13510 ;;;;;; 25133))
13511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13512
13513 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13514 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13515
13516 \(fn)" t nil)
13517
13518 ;;;***
13519 \f
13520 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13521 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13522 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13523 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13524 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13525 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13526 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13527 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13528 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13529 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13530 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13531 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13532 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13533 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13534 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13535 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13536 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13537 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13538 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13539 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13540 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13541 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13542 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17378 33493))
13543 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13544
13545 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13546 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13547 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13548
13549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13550
13551 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13552 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13553
13554 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13555
13556 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13557 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13558
13559 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13560
13561 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13562 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13563
13564 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13565
13566 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13567 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13568
13569 \(fn)" t nil)
13570
13571 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13572 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13573
13574 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13575
13576 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13577 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13578
13579 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13580 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13581 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13582 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13583 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13584 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13585 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13586 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13587 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13588 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13589 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13590 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13591
13592 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13593 Not documented
13594
13595 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13596
13597 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13598 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13599
13600 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13601
13602 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13603 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13604
13605 \(fn)" t nil)
13606
13607 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13608 Remove the first filter group.
13609
13610 \(fn)" t nil)
13611
13612 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13613 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13614
13615 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13616
13617 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13618 Remove all filter groups.
13619
13620 \(fn)" t nil)
13621
13622 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13623 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13624
13625 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13626
13627 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13628 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13629 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13630
13631 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13632
13633 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13634 Kill the filter group at point.
13635 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13636
13637 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13638
13639 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13640 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13641
13642 \(fn)" t nil)
13643
13644 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13645 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13646
13647 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13648
13649 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13650 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13651 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13652 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13653
13654 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13655
13656 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13657 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13658 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13659
13660 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13661
13662 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13663 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13664 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13665 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13666 of replacing the current filters.
13667
13668 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13669
13670 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13671 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13672
13673 \(fn)" t nil)
13674
13675 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13676 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13677
13678 \(fn)" t nil)
13679
13680 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13681 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13682
13683 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13684 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13685 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13686
13687 \(fn)" t nil)
13688
13689 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13690 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13691
13692 \(fn)" t nil)
13693
13694 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13695 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13696
13697 \(fn)" t nil)
13698
13699 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13700 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13701 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13702 filter into parts.
13703
13704 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13705
13706 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13707 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13708 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13709
13710 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13711
13712 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13713 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13714
13715 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13716
13717 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13718 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13719
13720 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13721
13722 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13723 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13724 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13725 of replacing the current filters.
13726
13727 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13728 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13729 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13730 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13731 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13732 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13733 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13734 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13735 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13736
13737 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13738 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13739 Default sorting modes are:
13740 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13741 Name - the name of the buffer
13742 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13743 Size - the size of the buffer
13744
13745 \(fn)" t nil)
13746
13747 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13748 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13749
13750 \(fn)" t nil)
13751 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13752 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13753 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13754 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13755
13756 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13757 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13758
13759 \(fn)" t nil)
13760
13761 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13762 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13763 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13764 for this Ibuffer session.
13765
13766 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13767
13768 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13769 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13770 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13771 for this Ibuffer session.
13772
13773 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13774
13775 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13776 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13777
13778 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13779 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13780
13781 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13782 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13783
13784 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13785
13786 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13787 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13788
13789 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13790 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13791
13792 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13793
13794 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13795 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13796
13797 \(fn)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13801
13802 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13803 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13804 hidden group filter, open it.
13805
13806 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13807 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13808 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13809
13810 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13811
13812 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13813 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13814 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13815
13816 \(fn)" t nil)
13817
13818 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13819 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13820
13821 The names are separated by a space.
13822 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13823
13824 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13825 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13826 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13827 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13828
13829 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13830
13831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13832
13833 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13834 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13835
13836 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13837
13838 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13839 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13840
13841 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13842
13843 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13844 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13845
13846 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13847
13848 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13849 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13850
13851 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13852
13853 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13854 Mark all modified buffers.
13855
13856 \(fn)" t nil)
13857
13858 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13859 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13860
13861 \(fn)" t nil)
13862
13863 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13864 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13865
13866 \(fn)" t nil)
13867
13868 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13869 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13870
13871 \(fn)" t nil)
13872
13873 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13874 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
13875
13876 \(fn)" t nil)
13877
13878 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13879 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13880
13881 \(fn)" t nil)
13882
13883 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13884 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13885
13886 \(fn)" t nil)
13887
13888 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13889 Mark all read-only buffers.
13890
13891 \(fn)" t nil)
13892
13893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13894 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13895
13896 \(fn)" t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13900 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13901 defaults to one.
13902
13903 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13904
13905 ;;;***
13906 \f
13907 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13908 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17205
13909 ;;;;;; 6006))
13910 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13911
13912 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13913 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13914
13915 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13916 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13917 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13918
13919 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13920 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13921 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13922 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13923 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13924 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13925
13926 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13927 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13928 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13929 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13930 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13931
13932 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13933
13934 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13935 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13936 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13937 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13938 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13939
13940 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13941 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13942 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13943
13944 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13945
13946 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13947 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13948 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13949 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13950 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13951 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13952
13953 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13954 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13955 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13956 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13957 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13958 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13959 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13960 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13961 values are:
13962 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13963 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13964 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13965 buffer's modification flag.
13966 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13967 prompted before performing this operation.
13968 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13969 operation is complete, in the form:
13970 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13971 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13972 confirmation message, in the form:
13973 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13974 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13975 macro for exactly what it does.
13976
13977 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13978
13979 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13980 Define a filter named NAME.
13981 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13982 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13983 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13984
13985 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13986 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13987 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13988 bound to the current value of the filter.
13989
13990 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13991
13992 ;;;***
13993 \f
13994 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13995 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17378 33493))
13996 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13997
13998 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13999 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14000 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14001 buffers which are visiting a file.
14002
14003 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14004
14005 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14006 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14007 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14008 buffers which are visiting a file.
14009
14010 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14011
14012 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14013 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14014 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14015
14016 All arguments are optional.
14017 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14018 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14019 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14020 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14021 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14022 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14023 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14024 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14025 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14026 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14027 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14028 that value locally in this buffer.
14029
14030 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14031
14032 ;;;***
14033 \f
14034 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14035 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14036 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17244 54746))
14037 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14038
14039 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14040 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14041 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14042 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14043
14044 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14045
14046 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14047 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14048 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14049 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14050 ICAL-FILENAME.
14051 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14052 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14053 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14054
14055 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14056
14057 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14058 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14059 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14060 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14061 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14062 non-marking or not.
14063
14064 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14065
14066 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14067 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14068
14069 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14070 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14071 DIARY-FILE.
14072
14073 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14074 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14075 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14076
14077 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14078 non-marking.
14079
14080 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14081 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14082 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14083
14084 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14085
14086 ;;;***
14087 \f
14088 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17148
14089 ;;;;;; 24987))
14090 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14091
14092 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14093 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14094 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14095 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14096 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14097
14098 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14099
14100 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14101
14102 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14103 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14104 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14105
14106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14107
14108 ;;;***
14109 \f
14110 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17276 44726))
14111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14112
14113 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14114 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14115 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14116 Tab indents for Icon code.
14117 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14118 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14119 \\{icon-mode-map}
14120 Variables controlling indentation style:
14121 icon-tab-always-indent
14122 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14123 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14124 icon-auto-newline
14125 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14126 inserted in Icon code.
14127 icon-indent-level
14128 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14129 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14130 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14131 icon-continued-statement-offset
14132 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14133 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14134 icon-continued-brace-offset
14135 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14136 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14137 icon-brace-offset
14138 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14139 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14140 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14141 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14142
14143 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14144 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14145
14146 \(fn)" t nil)
14147
14148 ;;;***
14149 \f
14150 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14151 ;;;;;; (17298 27296))
14152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14153
14154 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14155 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14156 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14157 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14158
14159 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14160 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14161 separate frames.
14162
14163 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14164 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14165
14166 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14167 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14168 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14169
14170 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14171
14172 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14173
14174 ;;;***
14175 \f
14176 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14177 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
14178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14179
14180 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14181 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
14182
14183 The main features of this mode are
14184
14185 1. Indentation and Formatting
14186 --------------------------
14187 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14188 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14189
14190 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14191 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14192 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14193 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14194
14195 Comments are indented as follows:
14196
14197 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14198 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14199 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14200
14201 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14202
14203 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14204 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14205 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14206 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14207 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14208 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14209
14210 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14211 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14212 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14213 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14214
14215 2. Routine Info
14216 ------------
14217 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14218 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14219 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14220 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14221 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14222 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14223 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14224 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14225 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14226 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14227
14228 3. Online IDL Help
14229 ---------------
14230 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14231 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
14232 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
14233 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
14234 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
14235 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14236
14237 4. Completion
14238 ----------
14239 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14240 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14241 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14242 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14243 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14244 upper case.
14245
14246 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14247 --------------------------------
14248 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14249 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14250
14251 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14252 \\fu FUNCTION template
14253 \\c CASE statement template
14254 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14255 \\f FOR loop template
14256 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14257 \\w WHILE loop template
14258 \\i IF statement template
14259 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14260 \\b BEGIN
14261
14262 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14263 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14264
14265 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14266 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14267 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14268 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14269
14270 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14271 -------------------------
14272 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14273 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14274
14275 7. Automatic END completion
14276 ------------------------
14277 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14278 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14279
14280 8. Hooks
14281 -----
14282 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14283 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14284
14285 9. Documentation and Customization
14286 -------------------------------
14287 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14288 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14289 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14290 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14291 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14292
14293 10.Keybindings
14294 -----------
14295 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14296 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14297 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14298
14299 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14300
14301 \(fn)" t nil)
14302 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14303
14304 ;;;***
14305 \f
14306 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14307 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14308 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14309 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14310 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14311 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14312 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14313 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17304
14314 ;;;;;; 41554))
14315 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14316
14317 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14318 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14319 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14320 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14321 displaying...)
14322 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14323 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14324 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14325
14326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14327 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14328
14329 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14330
14331 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14332 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14333 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14334 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14335 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14336 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14337 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14338 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14339 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14340
14341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14342
14343 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14344 Switch to another buffer.
14345 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14346 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14347 in another frame.
14348
14349 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14350 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14351 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14352 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14353 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14354
14355 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14356 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14357
14358 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14359 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14360
14361 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14362 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14363 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14364 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14365 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14366 in a separate window.
14367 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14368 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14369 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14370 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14371 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14372 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14373 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
14374 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14375 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14376
14377 \(fn)" t nil)
14378
14379 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14380 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14381 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14382 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14383
14384 \(fn)" t nil)
14385
14386 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14387 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14388 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14389 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14390
14391 \(fn)" t nil)
14392
14393 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14394 Kill a buffer.
14395 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14396 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14397
14398 \(fn)" t nil)
14399
14400 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14401 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14402 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14403 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14404
14405 \(fn)" t nil)
14406
14407 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14408 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14409 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14410 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14411
14412 \(fn)" t nil)
14413
14414 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14415 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14416
14417 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14418
14419 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14420 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14421 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14422 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14423 visible in another frame.
14424
14425 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14426 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14427 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14428 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14429 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14430 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14431
14432 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14433 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14434
14435 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14436 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14437
14438 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14439 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14440 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14441 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14442 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14443 in a separate window.
14444 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14445 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14446 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14447 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14448 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14449 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14450 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14451 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14452 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14453 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14454 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14455 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14456 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14457 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14458 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14459
14460 \(fn)" t nil)
14461
14462 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14463 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14464 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14465 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14466
14467 \(fn)" t nil)
14468
14469 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14470 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14471 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14472 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14473
14474 \(fn)" t nil)
14475
14476 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14477 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14478 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14479 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14480
14481 \(fn)" t nil)
14482
14483 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14484 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14485 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14486 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14487
14488 \(fn)" t nil)
14489
14490 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14491 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14492 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14493 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14494
14495 \(fn)" t nil)
14496
14497 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14498 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14499 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14500 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14501
14502 \(fn)" t nil)
14503
14504 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14505 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14506 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14507 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14508
14509 \(fn)" t nil)
14510
14511 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14512 Write current buffer to a file.
14513 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14514 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14515
14516 \(fn)" t nil)
14517
14518 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14519 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14520 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14521 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14522
14523 \(fn)" t nil)
14524
14525 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14526 Call dired the ido way.
14527 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14528 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14529
14530 \(fn)" t nil)
14531
14532 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14533 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14534 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14535 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14536 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14537 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14538
14539 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14540
14541 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14542 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14543 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14544 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14545
14546 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14547
14548 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14549 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14550 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14551 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14552
14553 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14554
14555 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14556 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14557 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14558 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14559 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14560 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14561 with `completing-read'.
14562 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14563 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14564 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14565 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14566 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14567 with point positioned at the end.
14568 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14569 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14570
14571 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14572
14573 ;;;***
14574 \f
14575 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17148 24990))
14576 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14577 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14578
14579 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14580 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14581 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14582
14583 \(fn)" t nil)
14584
14585 ;;;***
14586 \f
14587 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14588 ;;;;;; (17148 24990))
14589 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14590
14591 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14592 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14593
14594 \(fn)" t nil)
14595
14596 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14597 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14598
14599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14600
14601 ;;;***
14602 \f
14603 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14604 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14605 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14606 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17245 16456))
14607 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14608
14609 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14610 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14611 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14612 be determined.
14613
14614 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14615
14616 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14617 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14618 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14619 be determined.
14620
14621 \(fn)" nil nil)
14622
14623 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14624 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14625 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14626 be determined.
14627
14628 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14629
14630 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14631 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14632 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14633 be determined.
14634
14635 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14636
14637 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14638 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14639 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14640
14641 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14642
14643 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14644 Create an image.
14645 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14646 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14647 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14648 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14649 use its file extension as image type.
14650 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14651 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14652 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14653 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14654
14655 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14656
14657 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14658
14659 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14660 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14661 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14662 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14663 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14664 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14665 POS may be an integer or marker.
14666 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14667 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14668 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14669 means display it in the right marginal area.
14670
14671 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14672
14673 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14674 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14675 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14676 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14677 defaulted if you omit it.
14678 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14679 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14680 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14681 means display it in the right marginal area.
14682 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14683 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14684 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14685 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14686 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14687
14688 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14689
14690 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14691 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14692 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14693 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14694 defaulted if you omit it.
14695 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14696 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14697 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14698 means display it in the right marginal area.
14699 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14700
14701 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14702
14703 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14704 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14705 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14706 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14707
14708 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14709
14710 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14711 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14712
14713 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14714
14715 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14716 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14717 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14718 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14719 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14720 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14721 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14722 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14723 satisfied.
14724
14725 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14726
14727 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14728
14729 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14730
14731 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14732 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14733
14734 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14735 documentation string.
14736
14737 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14738 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14739 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14740 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14741 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14742 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14743 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14744 define SYMBOL.
14745
14746 Example:
14747
14748 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14749 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14750
14751 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14752
14753 ;;;***
14754 \f
14755 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14756 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14757 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17148 24990))
14758 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14759
14760 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14761 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14762 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14763 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14764
14765 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14766 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14767 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14768 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14769
14770 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14771
14772 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14773 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14774 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14775 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14776
14777 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14778 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14779 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14780 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14781
14782 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14783
14784 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14785 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14786
14787 \(fn)" nil nil)
14788
14789 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14790 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14791 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14792 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14793
14794 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14795
14796 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14797 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14798 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14800 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14801
14802 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14803
14804 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14805
14806 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14807 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14808 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14809 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14810
14811 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14812 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14813 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14814
14815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14816
14817 ;;;***
14818 \f
14819 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14820 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17374 39346))
14821 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14822 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14823 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14824 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14825 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14826 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14827 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14828
14829 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14830 Major mode for image files.
14831 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14832 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14833
14834 \(fn)" t nil)
14835
14836 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14837 Toggle Image minor mode.
14838 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14839 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14840
14841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14842
14843 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14844 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14845 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14846 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14847 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14848 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14849
14850 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14851 information on these modes.
14852
14853 \(fn)" t nil)
14854
14855 ;;;***
14856 \f
14857 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14858 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17148 24991))
14859 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14860
14861 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14862 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14863
14864 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14865
14866 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14867 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14868 in the buffer.
14869
14870 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14871
14872 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14873 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14874 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14875
14876 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14877
14878 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14879 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14880
14881 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14882 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14883 pattern's structure.
14884
14885 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14886 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14887 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14888 during matching.")
14889
14890 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14891
14892 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14893 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14894
14895 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14896 of the current buffer as an alist.
14897
14898 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14899 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14900 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14901 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14902 if it is a sub-alist.
14903
14904 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14905
14906 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14907
14908 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14909 Function for finding the next index position.
14910
14911 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14912 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14913 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14914 file.
14915
14916 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14917 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14918
14919 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14920
14921 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14922 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14923
14924 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14925 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14926 It should return the name for that index item.")
14927
14928 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14929
14930 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14931 Function to compare string with index item.
14932
14933 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14934 non-nil if they match.
14935
14936 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14937 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14938 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14939 arguments match\".")
14940
14941 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14942
14943 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14944 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14945 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14946
14947 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14948
14949 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14950
14951 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14952
14953 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14954 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14955 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14956 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14957
14958 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14959
14960 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14961 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14962
14963 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14964
14965 \(fn)" t nil)
14966
14967 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14968 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14969 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14970 for more information.
14971
14972 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14973
14974 ;;;***
14975 \f
14976 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14977 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14978 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17339 56590))
14979 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14980
14981 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14982 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14983
14984 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14985
14986 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14987 Not documented
14988
14989 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14990
14991 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14992 Not documented
14993
14994 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14995
14996 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14997 Not documented
14998
14999 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15000
15001 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15002 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15003 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15004 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15005 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15006
15007 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15008
15009 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15010 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15011 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15012 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15013 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15014
15015 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15016
15017 ;;;***
15018 \f
15019 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15020 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15021 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17140 20976))
15022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15023
15024 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15025 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15026 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15027 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15028 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15029
15030 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15031
15032 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15033 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15034
15035 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15036
15037 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15038 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15039 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15040 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15041 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15042 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15043 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15044 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15045
15046 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15047
15048 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15049 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15050 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15051 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15052 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15053
15054 This variable is only used if the variable
15055 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15056
15057 More precise choices:
15058 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15059 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15060 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15061
15062 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15063
15064 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15065
15066 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15067 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15068
15069 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15070 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15071 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15072 to that buffer.
15073 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15074 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15075 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15076 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15077
15078 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15079 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15080
15081 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15082
15083 ;;;***
15084 \f
15085 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15086 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15087 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15088 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17380 50980))
15089 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15090
15091 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15092 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15093
15094 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15095 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15096 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15097
15098 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15099 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15100 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15101 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15102 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15103 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15104 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15105 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15106 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15107 with the top-level Info directory.
15108
15109 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15110 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15111 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15112 appended to the Info buffer name.
15113
15114 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15115 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15116 in all the directories in that path.
15117
15118 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15119
15120 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15121 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15122
15123 \(fn)" t nil)
15124
15125 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15126 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15127 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15128 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15129
15130 \(fn)" nil nil)
15131
15132 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15133 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15134 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15135 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15136
15137 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15138
15139 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15140 Go to the Info directory node.
15141
15142 \(fn)" t nil)
15143
15144 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15145 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15146 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15147 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15148 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15149 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15150
15151 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15152
15153 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15154 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15155 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15156
15157 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15160 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15161 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15162 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15163 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15164
15165 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15166 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15167
15168 Selecting other nodes:
15169 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15170 Follow a node reference you click on.
15171 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15172 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15173 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15174 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15175 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15176 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15177 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15178 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15179 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15180 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15181 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15182 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15183 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15184 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15185 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15186 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15187 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15188 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15189 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15190 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15191
15192 Moving within a node:
15193 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15194 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15195 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15196 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15197 move up to the parent node.
15198 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15199 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15200 if there is none.
15201 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15202
15203 Advanced commands:
15204 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15205 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15206 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15207 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15208 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15209 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this manual's Index and move to that index entry.
15210 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15211 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15212 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15213 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15214 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15215 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15216 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15217 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15218 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15219 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15220
15221 \(fn)" nil nil)
15222 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15223
15224 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15225 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15226 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15227 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15228 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15229 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15230
15231 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15232 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15233
15234 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15235 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15236 KEY is a string.
15237 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15238 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15239 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15240 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15241
15242 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15243
15244 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15245 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15246 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15247
15248 \(fn)" t nil)
15249
15250 ;;;***
15251 \f
15252 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15253 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15254 ;;;;;; (17148 24992))
15255 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15256
15257 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15258 Throw away all cached data.
15259 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15260 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15261 system.
15262
15263 \(fn)" t nil)
15264 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15265
15266 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15267 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15268 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15269 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15270 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15271 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15272
15273 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15274
15275 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15276 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15277
15278 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15279 Display the documentation of a file.
15280 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15281 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15282 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15283 The default file name is the one found at point.
15284
15285 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15286
15287 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15288
15289 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15290 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15291
15292 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15293
15294 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15295 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15296
15297 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15298
15299 ;;;***
15300 \f
15301 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15302 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17167 2962))
15303 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15304
15305 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15306 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15307
15308 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15309
15310 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15311 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15312 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15313
15314 \(fn)" t nil)
15315
15316 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15317 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15318 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15319
15320 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15321 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15322 quite a while.
15323
15324 \(fn)" t nil)
15325
15326 ;;;***
15327 \f
15328 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15329 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17148 24995))
15330 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15331
15332 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15333 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15334
15335 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15336
15337 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15338 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15339 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15340
15341 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15342 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15343 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15344
15345 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15346 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15347 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15348 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15349
15350 \(fn)" t nil)
15351
15352 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15353 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15354 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15355
15356 \(fn)" t nil)
15357
15358 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15359 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15360 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15361 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15362 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15363
15364 \(fn)" nil nil)
15365
15366 ;;;***
15367 \f
15368 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15369 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15370 ;;;;;; (17120 44797))
15371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15372
15373 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15374 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15375
15376 \(fn)" t nil)
15377
15378 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15379 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15380
15381 \(fn)" t nil)
15382
15383 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15384 Not documented
15385
15386 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15387
15388 ;;;***
15389 \f
15390 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17148
15391 ;;;;;; 24996))
15392 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15393
15394 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15395 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15396 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15397 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15398 accessed via isearchb.
15399
15400 \(fn)" t nil)
15401
15402 ;;;***
15403 \f
15404 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15405 ;;;;;; (17148 25179))
15406 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15407
15408 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15409 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15410 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15411 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15412 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15413 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15414
15415 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15416 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15417
15418 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15419 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15420 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15421 \"s gives German sharp s.
15422 /a gives a with ring.
15423 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15424 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15425 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15426 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15427
15428 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15429 and a negative argument disables it.
15430
15431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15432
15433 ;;;***
15434 \f
15435 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15436 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15437 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15438 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17102 18714))
15439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15440
15441 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15442 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15443 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15444 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15445
15446 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15447
15448 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15449 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15450 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15451 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15452
15453 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15454
15455 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15456 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15457 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15458 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15459
15460 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15461
15462 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15463 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15464 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15465 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15466
15467 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15468
15469 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15470 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15471 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15472 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15473
15474 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15475
15476 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15477 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15478 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15479 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15480
15481 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15482
15483 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15484 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15485 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15486 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15487
15488 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15489
15490 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15491 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15492 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15493 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15494
15495 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15496
15497 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15498 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15499 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15500 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15501
15502 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15503
15504 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15505 Warn that format is read-only.
15506
15507 \(fn)" t nil)
15508
15509 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15510 Warn that format is write-only.
15511
15512 \(fn)" t nil)
15513
15514 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15515 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15516
15517 \(fn)" t nil)
15518
15519 ;;;***
15520 \f
15521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15522 ;;;;;; (17102 18715))
15523 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15524 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15525 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15526 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15527
15528 ;;;***
15529 \f
15530 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15531 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15532 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15533 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15534 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15535 ;;;;;; (17370 39824))
15536 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15537
15538 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15539 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15540 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15541 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15542
15543 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15544
15545 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15546 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15547 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15548
15549 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15550 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15551 re-start emacs.")
15552
15553 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15554
15555 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15556
15557 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15558
15559 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15560
15561 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15562
15563 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15564
15565 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15566
15567 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15568 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15569
15570 Each element of this list is also a list:
15571
15572 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15573 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15574
15575 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15576 nil means the default dictionary.
15577
15578 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15579 word.
15580
15581 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15582
15583 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15584 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15585 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15586 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15587 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15588 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15589 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15590 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15591 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15592
15593 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15594 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15595 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15596 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15597 for non-ASCII bytes.
15598
15599 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15600 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15601 single word.
15602
15603 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15604 subprocess.
15605
15606 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15607 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15608 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15609 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15610 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15611 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15612 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15613 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15614
15615 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15616
15617 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15618 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15619 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15620
15621 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15622 Key map for ispell menu.")
15623
15624 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15625 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15626 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15627 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15628
15629 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15630
15631 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15632
15633 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15634
15635 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15636
15637 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15638 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15639 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15640 Valid forms include:
15641 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15642 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15643 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15644 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15645
15646 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15647 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15648 First list is used raw.
15649 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15650
15651 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15652 for skipping in latex mode.")
15653
15654 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15655 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15656 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15657 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15658 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15659 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15660
15661 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15662 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15663 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15664 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15665
15666 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15667 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15668 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15669 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15670 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15671
15672 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15673 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15674
15675 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15676 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15677
15678 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15679 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15680
15681 return values:
15682 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15683 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15684 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15685 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15686 quit spell session exited.
15687
15688 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15689
15690 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15691 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15692 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15693
15694 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15695
15696 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15697 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15698
15699 Selections are:
15700
15701 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15702 SPC: Accept word this time.
15703 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15704 `a': Accept word for this session.
15705 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15706 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15707 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15708 `?': Show these commands.
15709 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15710 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15711 the aborted check to be completed later.
15712 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15713 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15714 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15715 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15716 `C-l': redraws screen
15717 `C-r': recursive edit
15718 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15719
15720 \(fn)" nil nil)
15721
15722 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15723 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15724 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15725
15726 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15727
15728 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15729 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15730 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15731 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15732
15733 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15734
15735 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15736
15737 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15738 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15739 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15740 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15741
15742 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15743
15744 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15745 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15746
15747 \(fn)" t nil)
15748
15749 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15750 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15751
15752 \(fn)" t nil)
15753
15754 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15755 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15756
15757 \(fn)" t nil)
15758
15759 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15760 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15761 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15762 sequence inside of a word.
15763
15764 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15765
15766 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15767
15768 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15769 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15770
15771 \(fn)" t nil)
15772
15773 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15774 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15775 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15776 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15777
15778 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15779 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15780 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15781 available on the net.
15782
15783 \(fn)" t nil)
15784
15785 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15786 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15787 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15788
15789 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15790 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15791
15792 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15793 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15794
15795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15796
15797 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15798 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15799 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15800 Don't check included messages.
15801
15802 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15803 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15804 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15805
15806 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15807 in your .emacs file:
15808 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15809 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15810 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15811 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15812
15813 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15814 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15815 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15816
15817 \(fn)" t nil)
15818
15819 ;;;***
15820 \f
15821 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17354
15822 ;;;;;; 62493))
15823 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15824
15825 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15826 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15827 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15829 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15830
15831 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15832
15833 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15834
15835 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15836 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15837 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15838 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15839 `iswitchb' for details.
15840
15841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15842
15843 ;;;***
15844 \f
15845 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15846 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15847 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15848 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17102 18773))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15850
15851 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15852 Not documented
15853
15854 \(fn)" nil nil)
15855
15856 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15857 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15858 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15859 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15860 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15861 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15862 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15863 necessary to represent OBJ.
15864
15865 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15866
15867 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15868 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15869 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15870 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15871
15872 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15873
15874 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15875 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15876 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15877 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15878 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15879
15880 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15881
15882 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15883 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15884 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15885 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15886
15887 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15888
15889 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15890 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15891 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15892 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15893
15894 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15895
15896 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15897 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15898
15899 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15902 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15903 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15904 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15905 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15906
15907 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15910 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15911 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15912 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15913 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15914
15915 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15916
15917 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15918 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15919 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15920
15921 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15922
15923 ;;;***
15924 \f
15925 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15926 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17355 64266))
15927 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15928
15929 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15930 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15931 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15932 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15933
15934 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15935 Not documented
15936
15937 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15938
15939 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15940 Uninstall jka-compr.
15941 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15942 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15943 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15944
15945 \(fn)" nil nil)
15946
15947 ;;;***
15948 \f
15949 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15950 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15951 ;;;;;; (17140 20922))
15952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15953
15954 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15955 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15956 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15957 decimal key must be specified.")
15958
15959 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15960
15961 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15962 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15963 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15964 decimal key must be specified.")
15965
15966 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15967
15968 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15969 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15970 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15971 decimal key must be specified.")
15972
15973 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15974
15975 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15976 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15977 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15978 decimal key must be specified.")
15979
15980 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15981
15982 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15983 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15984 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15985 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15986 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15987 keys are bound.
15988
15989 Setup Binding
15990 -------------------------------------------------------------
15991 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15992 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15993 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15994 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15995 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15996 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15997 in the global and local keymaps.
15998
15999 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16000 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16001
16002 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16003
16004 ;;;***
16005 \f
16006 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16007 ;;;;;; (17301 53989))
16008 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16009
16010 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16011 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16012 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16013
16014 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16015 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16016 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16017 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16018 shorter.
16019
16020 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16021 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16022 the context of text formatting.
16023
16024 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16025
16026 ;;;***
16027 \f
16028 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17102
16029 ;;;;;; 18717))
16030 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16031
16032 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16033 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16034 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16035 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16036 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16037 positions that contains the current selection.")
16038
16039 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16040 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16041 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16042 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16043 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16044 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16045 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16046
16047 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16048
16049 ;;;***
16050 \f
16051 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16052 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16053 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16054 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17148 24998))
16055 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16056 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16057 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16058 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16059 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16060 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16061 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16062 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16063
16064 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16065 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16066 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16067 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16068 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16069
16070 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16071
16072 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16073 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16074 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16075
16076 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16077 defining the macro.
16078
16079 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16080 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16081 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16082
16083 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16084 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16085
16086 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16087
16088 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16089 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16090 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16091 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16092 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16093 under that name.
16094
16095 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16096 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16097 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16098
16099 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16100
16101 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16102 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16103 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16104
16105 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16106 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16107 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16108 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16109
16110 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16111 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16112
16113 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16114
16115 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16116 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16117 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16118
16119 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16120 macro.
16121
16122 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16123 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16124
16125 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16126 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16127 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16128
16129 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16130 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16131
16132 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16133
16134 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16135 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16136 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16137 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16138
16139 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16140
16141 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16142 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16143 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16144 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16145
16146 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16147 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16148
16149 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16150
16151 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16152 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16153 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16154
16155 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16156
16157 ;;;***
16158 \f
16159 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16160 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16161 ;;;;;; (17102 18774))
16162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16163
16164 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16165
16166 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16167 Not documented
16168
16169 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16170
16171 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16172 Not documented
16173
16174 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16175
16176 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16177 Not documented
16178
16179 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16180
16181 ;;;***
16182 \f
16183 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16184 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17102 18775))
16185 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16186
16187 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16188 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16189 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16190
16191 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16192 Not documented
16193
16194 \(fn)" nil nil)
16195
16196 ;;;***
16197 \f
16198 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16199 ;;;;;; (17239 32365))
16200 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16201
16202 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16203
16204 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16205 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16206
16207 \(fn)" t nil)
16208
16209 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16210
16211 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16212 Start or resume an Lm game.
16213 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16214 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16215
16216 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16217 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16218 none / 1 | yes | no
16219 2 | yes | yes
16220 3 | no | yes
16221 4 | no | no
16222
16223 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16224 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16225 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16226
16227 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16228
16229 ;;;***
16230 \f
16231 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16232 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16233 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17102
16234 ;;;;;; 18775))
16235 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16236
16237 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16238 Not documented
16239
16240 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16241
16242 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16243 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16244 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16245 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16246 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16247 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16248
16249 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16250 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16251
16252 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16253
16254 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16255 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16256
16257 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16258
16259 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16260 Not documented
16261
16262 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16263
16264 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16265 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16266 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16267 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16268 to compose.
16269
16270 The return value is number of composed characters.
16271
16272 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16273
16274 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16275 Not documented
16276
16277 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16278
16279 ;;;***
16280 \f
16281 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16282 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16283 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17370 39824))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16285
16286 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16287 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16288 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16289 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16290
16291 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16292
16293 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16294 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16295 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16296
16297 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16298
16299 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16300 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16301 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16302
16303 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16304
16305 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16306 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16307 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16308 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16309
16310 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16311
16312 ;;;***
16313 \f
16314 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16315 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17102 18720))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16317
16318 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16319 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16320 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16321 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16322 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16323 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16324 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16325 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16326
16327 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16328 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16329
16330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16331 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16332
16333 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16334
16335 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16336 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16337 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16338 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16339 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16340 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16341 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16342 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16343
16344 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16345
16346 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16347 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16348 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16349 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16350
16351 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16352 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16353
16354 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16355
16356 ;;;***
16357 \f
16358 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16359 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17185 27600))
16360 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16361
16362 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16363 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16364 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16365 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16366
16367 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16368
16369 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16370 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16371 JIT Lock's favor.
16372
16373 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16374
16375 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16376 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16377 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16378 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16379 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16380 for large buffers.
16381
16382 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16383 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16384 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16385 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16386 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16387
16388 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16389 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16390 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16391 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16392 slow to keep up with your typing.
16393
16394 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16395 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16396 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16397 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16398 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16399 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16400
16401 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16402 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16403 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16404 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16405
16406 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16407 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16408 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16409 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16410
16411 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16412 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16413 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16414 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16415 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16416
16417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16418
16419 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16420 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16421
16422 \(fn)" nil nil)
16423
16424 ;;;***
16425 \f
16426 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16427 ;;;;;; (17352 9346))
16428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16429
16430 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16431
16432 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16433
16434 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16435 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16436
16437 \(fn)" t nil)
16438
16439 ;;;***
16440 \f
16441 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16442 ;;;;;; (17148 25013))
16443 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16444
16445 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16446 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16447
16448 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16449 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16450
16451 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16452 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16453
16454 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16455 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16456 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16457 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16458 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16459 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16460 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16461 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16462 and transmit saved text.
16463 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16464 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16465 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16466
16467 \(fn)" t nil)
16468
16469 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16470 Not documented
16471
16472 \(fn)" nil nil)
16473
16474 ;;;***
16475 \f
16476 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17140 20949))
16477 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16478
16479 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16480 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16481 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16482 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16483 generations (this defaults to 1).
16484
16485 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16486
16487 ;;;***
16488 \f
16489 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17242
16490 ;;;;;; 7308))
16491 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16492
16493 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16494 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16495 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16496 is nil, raise an error.
16497
16498 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16499 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16500 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16501 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16502 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16503 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16504 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16505 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16506 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16507
16508 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16509
16510 ;;;***
16511 \f
16512 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16513 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17333 17859))
16514 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16515
16516 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16517 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16518 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16519
16520 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16521
16522 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16523 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16524 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
16525
16526 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16527
16528 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16529 Run the locate command with a filter.
16530
16531 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
16532 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
16533
16534 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16535
16536 ;;;***
16537 \f
16538 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17291 34530))
16539 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16540
16541 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16542 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16543 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16544 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16545 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16546 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16547 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16548 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16549 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16550 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16551 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16552 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16553 uses the current buffer.
16554
16555 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16556
16557 ;;;***
16558 \f
16559 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17366
16560 ;;;;;; 32173))
16561 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16562
16563 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16564 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16565
16566 \(fn)" t nil)
16567
16568 ;;;***
16569 \f
16570 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17320
16571 ;;;;;; 32463))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16573
16574 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16575 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16576 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16577 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16578 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16579
16580 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16581 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16582 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16583
16584 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16585 are indicated with a symbol.
16586
16587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16588
16589 ;;;***
16590 \f
16591 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16592 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17148
16593 ;;;;;; 25014))
16594 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16595
16596 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16597
16598 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16599
16600 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16601 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16602 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16603
16604 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16605 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16606
16607 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16608 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16609 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16610 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16611 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16612 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16613 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16614
16615 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16616
16617 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16618 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16619 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16620 switch on this list.
16621 See `lpr-command'.")
16622
16623 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16624
16625 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16626 *Name of program for printing a file.
16627
16628 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16629 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16630 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16631 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16632 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16633 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16634 argument.")
16635
16636 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16637
16638 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16639 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16640 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16641 for customization of the printer command.
16642
16643 \(fn)" t nil)
16644
16645 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16646 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16647
16648 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16649 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16650 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16651 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16652
16653 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16654 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16655
16656 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16657 for further customization of the printer command.
16658
16659 \(fn)" t nil)
16660
16661 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16662 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16663 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16664 for customization of the printer command.
16665
16666 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16667
16668 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16669 Paginate and print the region contents.
16670
16671 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16672 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16673 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16674 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16675
16676 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16677 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16678
16679 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16680 for further customization of the printer command.
16681
16682 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16683
16684 ;;;***
16685 \f
16686 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16687 ;;;;;; (17283 35537))
16688 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16689
16690 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16691 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16692 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16693
16694 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17307
16699 ;;;;;; 14150))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16701
16702 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16703 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16704 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16705
16706 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16707
16708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16709
16710 ;;;***
16711 \f
16712 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17276
16713 ;;;;;; 44726))
16714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16715
16716 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16717 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16718 \\{m4-mode-map}
16719
16720 \(fn)" t nil)
16721
16722 ;;;***
16723 \f
16724 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16725 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
16726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16727
16728 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16729 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16730 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16731 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16732 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16733
16734 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16735
16736 ;;;***
16737 \f
16738 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16739 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17148 25015))
16740 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16741
16742 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16743 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16744 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16745 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16746 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16747
16748 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16749
16750 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16751 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16752 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16753 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16754
16755 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16756 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16757 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16758 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16759 bindings.
16760
16761 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16762 use this command, and then save the file.
16763
16764 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16765
16766 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16767 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16768 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16769 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16770 each time the macro executes.
16771 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16772 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16773 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16774 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16775 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16776 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16777 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16778
16779 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16780
16781 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16782 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16783 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16784 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16785
16786 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16787 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16788 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16789 execute.
16790
16791 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16792 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16793
16794 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16795 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16796 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16797 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16798 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16799
16800 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16801 looked like this:
16802
16803 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16804 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16805 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16806
16807 You could enter the names in this format:
16808
16809 foo
16810 bar
16811 baz
16812
16813 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16814
16815 \\C-x (
16816 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16817 \\C-x )
16818
16819 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16820 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16821
16822 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16823 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16824
16825 ;;;***
16826 \f
16827 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16828 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17306 5314))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16830
16831 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16832 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16833 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16834 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16835 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16836 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16837
16838 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16839 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16840 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16841 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16842 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16843
16844 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16845 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16846 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16847 consing a string.)
16848
16849 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16850
16851 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16852 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16853
16854 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16855
16856 ;;;***
16857 \f
16858 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16859 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16860 ;;;;;; (17148 25156))
16861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16862
16863 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16864 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16865
16866 \(fn)" nil nil)
16867
16868 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16869 Not documented
16870
16871 \(fn)" nil nil)
16872
16873 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16874 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16875
16876 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16877
16878 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16879 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16880 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16881 message.
16882
16883 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16884
16885 \(fn)" nil nil)
16886
16887 ;;;***
16888 \f
16889 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16890 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16891 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17148
16892 ;;;;;; 25156))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16894
16895 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16896 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16897 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16898 often correct parser.")
16899
16900 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16901
16902 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16903 Not documented
16904
16905 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16906
16907 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16908 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16909 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16910 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16911
16912 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16913
16914 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16915 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16916 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16917 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16918
16919 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16920
16921 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16922 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16923 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16924 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16925 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16926 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16927 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16928 as Rmail does.
16929
16930 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16931
16932 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16933 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16934 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16935 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16936 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16937 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16938
16939 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16940
16941 ;;;***
16942 \f
16943 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16944 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17239 32330))
16945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16946
16947 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16948 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16949
16950 \(fn)" nil nil)
16951
16952 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16953 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16954 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16955
16956 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16957
16958 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16959 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16960 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16961
16962 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16963
16964 ;;;***
16965 \f
16966 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16967 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17167
16968 ;;;;;; 2797))
16969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16970
16971 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16972 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16973 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16974 king@grassland.com
16975 If `parens', they look like:
16976 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16977 If `angles', they look like:
16978 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16979
16980 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16981
16982 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16983 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16984 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16985 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16986 their `Resent-' variants.
16987
16988 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16989 removed from alias expansions.
16990
16991 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16992
16993 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16994 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16995 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16996
16997 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16998 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16999 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17000 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17001
17002 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17003
17004 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17005 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17006 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17007 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17008
17009 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17010
17011 ;;;***
17012 \f
17013 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17014 ;;;;;; (17378 6213))
17015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17016
17017 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17018 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17019 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17020 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17021
17022 \(fn)" nil nil)
17023
17024 ;;;***
17025 \f
17026 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17027 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17028 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17357 13476))
17029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17030
17031 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17032 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17033
17034 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17035 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17036 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17037 `makefile-imake-mode'All but the
17038 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
17039 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
17040 `makefile-mode-hook'.
17041
17042 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17043 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17044 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17045 dependency, despite the colon.
17046
17047 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17048
17049 In the browser, use the following keys:
17050
17051 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17052
17053 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17054
17055 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17056 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17057
17058 `makefile-target-colon':
17059 The string that gets appended to all target names
17060 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17061 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17062
17063 `makefile-macro-assign':
17064 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17065 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17066 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17067 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17068 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17069 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17070
17071 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17072 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17073 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17074
17075 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17076 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17077
17078 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17079 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17080 up or down in the browser.
17081
17082 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17083 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17084
17085 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17086 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17087
17088 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17089 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17090 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17091 has been selected in the browser.
17092
17093 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17094 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17095 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17096 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17097 filenames are omitted.
17098
17099 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17100 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17101 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17102 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17103 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17104 the backslash itself intact.
17105 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17106 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17107
17108 `makefile-browser-hook':
17109 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17110 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17111
17112 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17113 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17114 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17115 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17116
17117 \(fn)" t nil)
17118
17119 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17120 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17121
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17123
17124 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17125 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17126
17127 \(fn)" t nil)
17128
17129 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17130 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17131
17132 \(fn)" t nil)
17133
17134 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17135 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17136
17137 \(fn)" t nil)
17138
17139 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17140 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17141
17142 \(fn)" t nil)
17143
17144 ;;;***
17145 \f
17146 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17148
17147 ;;;;;; 25015))
17148 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17149
17150 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17151 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17152 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17153
17154 \(fn)" t nil)
17155
17156 ;;;***
17157 \f
17158 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17356 16925))
17159 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17160
17161 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17162
17163 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17164 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17165 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17166 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17167 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17168 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17169 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17170
17171 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17172 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17173 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17174 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17175
17176 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17177
17178 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17179 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17180
17181 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17182
17183 ;;;***
17184 \f
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17148 25016))
17186 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17187
17188 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17189 Toggle Master mode.
17190 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17191 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17192 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17193
17194 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17195 following commands:
17196
17197 \\{master-mode-map}
17198
17199 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17200 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17201 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17202
17203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17204
17205 ;;;***
17206 \f
17207 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17324
17208 ;;;;;; 9268))
17209 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17210
17211 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17212
17213 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17214 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17215 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17217 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17218
17219 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17220
17221 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17222
17223 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17224 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17225 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17226 created in the future.
17227 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17228 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17229
17230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17231
17232 ;;;***
17233 \f
17234 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17235 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17236 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17237 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17238 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17239 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17240 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17241 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17242 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17243 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17244 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17376 48878))
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17246
17247 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17248 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17249
17250 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17251 king@grassland.com
17252 If `parens', they look like:
17253 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17254 If `angles', they look like:
17255 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17256
17257 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17258 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17259
17260 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17261
17262 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17263 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17264
17265 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17266
17267 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17268 *Local news organization file.")
17269
17270 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17271
17272 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17273 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17274 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17275 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17276
17277 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17278 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17279 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17280
17281 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17282
17283 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17284
17285 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17286 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17287
17288 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17289 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17290 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17291 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17292
17293 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17294
17295 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17296 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17297 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17298 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17299
17300 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17301
17302 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17303 *Function for citing an original message.
17304 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17305 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17306 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17307
17308 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17309
17310 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17311 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17312 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17313 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17314 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17315
17316 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17317
17318 (defvar message-signature t "\
17319 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17320 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17321 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17322 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17323
17324 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17325
17326 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17327 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17328 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17329 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17330
17331 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17332
17333 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17334 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17335
17336 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17337
17338 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17339
17340 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17341 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17342 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17343 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17344 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17345 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17346 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17347 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17348 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17349 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17350 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17351 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17352 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17353 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17354 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17355 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17356 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17357 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17358 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17359 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17360 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17361 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17362 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17363 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17364 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17365 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17366 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17367 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17368 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17369 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17370 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17371 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17372 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17373 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17374 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17375 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17376 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17377
17378 \(fn)" t nil)
17379
17380 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17381 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17382 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17383
17384 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17385
17386 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17387 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17388
17389 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17390
17391 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17392 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17393
17394 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17395
17396 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17397 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17398
17399 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17400
17401 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17402 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17403 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17404
17405 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17406
17407 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17408 Cancel an article you posted.
17409 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17410
17411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17412
17413 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17414 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17415 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17416 header line with the old Message-ID.
17417
17418 \(fn)" t nil)
17419
17420 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17421 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17422
17423 \(fn)" t nil)
17424
17425 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17426 Forward the current message via mail.
17427 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17428 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17429
17430 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17431
17432 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17433 Not documented
17434
17435 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17436
17437 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17438 Not documented
17439
17440 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17441
17442 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17443 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17444
17445 \(fn)" t nil)
17446
17447 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17448 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17449
17450 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17451
17452 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17453 Re-mail the current message.
17454 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17455 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17456 you.
17457
17458 \(fn)" t nil)
17459
17460 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17461 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17462
17463 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17464
17465 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17466 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17467
17468 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17469
17470 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17471 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17472
17473 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17474
17475 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17476 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17477
17478 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17479
17480 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17481 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17482 Works by overstriking characters.
17483 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17484 which specify the range to operate on.
17485
17486 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17487
17488 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17489 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17490 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17491 which specify the range to operate on.
17492
17493 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17494
17495 ;;;***
17496 \f
17497 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17498 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
17499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17500
17501 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17502 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17503 Special commands:
17504 \\{meta-mode-map}
17505
17506 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17507 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17508
17509 \(fn)" t nil)
17510
17511 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17512 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17513 Special commands:
17514 \\{meta-mode-map}
17515
17516 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17517 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17518
17519 \(fn)" t nil)
17520
17521 ;;;***
17522 \f
17523 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17524 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17525 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
17526 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17527
17528 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17529 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17530 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17531
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17533
17534 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17535 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17536 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17537 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17538 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17539 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17540 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17541
17542 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17543
17544 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17545 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17546 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17547 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17548 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17549 means current).
17550 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17551 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17552
17553 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17554
17555 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17556 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17557 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17558 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17559 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17560 means current).
17561 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17562 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17563
17564 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17565
17566 ;;;***
17567 \f
17568 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17569 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17570 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17377 23328))
17571 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17572
17573 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17574 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17575 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17576
17577 \(fn)" t nil)
17578
17579 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17580 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17581 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17582
17583 \(fn)" t nil)
17584
17585 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17586 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17587
17588 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17589 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17590 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17591
17592 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17593 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17594
17595 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17596 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17597
17598 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17599
17600 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17601
17602 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17603 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17604 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17605 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17606 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17607 as `compose-mail'.
17608
17609 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17610 initial Subject field, respectively.
17611
17612 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17613 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17614 are strings.
17615
17616 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17617 ignored.
17618
17619 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17620
17621 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17622 Save draft and send message.
17623
17624 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17625 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17626 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17627 Mail Delivery*\".
17628
17629 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17630 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17631 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17632
17633 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17634 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17635
17636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17637
17638 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17639 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17640
17641 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17642 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17643 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17644 delete the draft message.
17645
17646 \(fn)" t nil)
17647
17648 ;;;***
17649 \f
17650 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17379 60196))
17651 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17652
17653 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17654
17655 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17656
17657 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17658
17659 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17660 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17661
17662 \(fn)" t nil)
17663
17664 ;;;***
17665 \f
17666 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17667 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17377 23328))
17668 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17669
17670 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17671 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17672 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17673
17674 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17675 the MH mail system.
17676
17677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17678
17679 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17680 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17681 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17682
17683 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17684 the MH mail system.
17685
17686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17687
17688 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17689 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17690
17691 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17692 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17693 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17694 separate command.
17695
17696 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17697 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17698 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17699 format.
17700
17701 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17702
17703 Ranges
17704 ======
17705 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17706 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17707 can be used in several ways.
17708
17709 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17710 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17711 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17712 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17713 page):
17714
17715 <num1>-<num2>
17716 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17717 The range must be nonempty.
17718
17719 <num>:N
17720 <num>:+N
17721 <num>:-N
17722 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17723 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17724 last.
17725
17726 first:N
17727 prev:N
17728 next:N
17729 last:N
17730 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17731
17732 all
17733 All of the messages.
17734
17735 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17736 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17737
17738 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17739 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17740 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17741
17742 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17743
17744 \(fn)" t nil)
17745
17746 ;;;***
17747 \f
17748 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17749 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17148 25017))
17750 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17751
17752 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17753 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17754 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17755 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17756 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17757 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17758 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17759 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17760 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17761 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17762 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17763
17764 \(fn)" t nil)
17765
17766 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17767 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17768 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17769 to its second argument TM.
17770
17771 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17772
17773 ;;;***
17774 \f
17775 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17776 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17148 25017))
17777 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17778
17779 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17780 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17781 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17783 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17784
17785 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17786
17787 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17788
17789 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17790 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17791 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17792 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17793 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17794 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17795 default indication.
17796
17797 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17798 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17799
17800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17801
17802 ;;;***
17803 \f
17804 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17805 ;;;;;; (17239 32387))
17806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17807
17808 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17809 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17810 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17811
17812 \(fn)" t nil)
17813
17814 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17815
17816 ;;;***
17817 \f
17818 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17819 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17820 ;;;;;; (17339 56590))
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17822
17823 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17824 Not documented
17825
17826 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17827
17828 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17829 Not documented
17830
17831 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17832
17833 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17834 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17835 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17836 PATTERN regexp.
17837
17838 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17839
17840 ;;;***
17841 \f
17842 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17843 ;;;;;; (17185 27553))
17844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17845
17846 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17847 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17848 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17849 the entire message.
17850 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17851
17852 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17853
17854 ;;;***
17855 \f
17856 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17857 ;;;;;; (17148 25140))
17858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17859
17860 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17861 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17862 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17863 the entire message.
17864 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17865
17866 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17867
17868 ;;;***
17869 \f
17870 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17871 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17310 14064))
17872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17873
17874 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17875 Insert file contents of URL.
17876 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17877
17878 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17879
17880 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17881 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17882
17883 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17884
17885 ;;;***
17886 \f
17887 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17888 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17376 48878))
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17890
17891 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17892 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17893 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17894 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17895 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17896
17897 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17898
17899 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
17900 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17901 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17902
17903 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17904
17905 ;;;***
17906 \f
17907 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17908 ;;;;;; (17185 27556))
17909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17910
17911 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17912 Not documented
17913
17914 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17915
17916 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17917 Not documented
17918
17919 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17920
17921 ;;;***
17922 \f
17923 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17924 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17925 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17185 27558))
17926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17927
17928 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17929 Not documented
17930
17931 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17932
17933 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17934 Not documented
17935
17936 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17937
17938 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17939 Not documented
17940
17941 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17942
17943 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17944 Not documented
17945
17946 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17947
17948 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17949 Not documented
17950
17951 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17952
17953 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17954 Not documented
17955
17956 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17957
17958 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17959 Not documented
17960
17961 \(fn)" nil nil)
17962
17963 ;;;***
17964 \f
17965 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17966 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
17967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17968
17969 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17970 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17971 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17972 followed by the first character of the construct.
17973 \\<m2-mode-map>
17974 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17975 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17976 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17977 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17978 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17979 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17980 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17981 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17982 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17983 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17984 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17985 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17986 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17987 \\[m2-link] link
17988
17989 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17990 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17991 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17992
17993 \(fn)" t nil)
17994
17995 ;;;***
17996 \f
17997 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17998 ;;;;;; (17140 20949))
17999 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18000
18001 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18002 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18003
18004 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18007 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18008
18009 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18010
18011 ;;;***
18012 \f
18013 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17148
18014 ;;;;;; 25018))
18015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18016
18017 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18018 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18019 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18021 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18022
18023 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
18024
18025 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18026
18027 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18028 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18029 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18030 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18031
18032 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18033
18034 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18035
18036 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18037
18038 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18039 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18040 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18041 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18042 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18043 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18044
18045 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18046 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18047 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18048 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18049 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18050
18051 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18052 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18053
18054 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18055 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18056
18057 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18058
18059 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18060 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18061 primary selection and region.
18062
18063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18064
18065 ;;;***
18066 \f
18067 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17239 32365))
18068 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18069
18070 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18071 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18072
18073 \(fn)" t nil)
18074
18075 ;;;***
18076 \f
18077 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17185 27455))
18078 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18079
18080 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18081 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18082 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18084 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18085
18086 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18087
18088 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18089
18090 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18091 Toggle Msb mode.
18092 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18093 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18094 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18095
18096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18097
18098 ;;;***
18099 \f
18100 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18101 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18102 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18103 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18104 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18105 ;;;;;; (17239 32324))
18106 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18107
18108 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18109 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18110 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18111 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18112 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18113 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18114 set of ISO charsets.
18115
18116 Each element has the following format:
18117 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18118
18119 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18120
18121 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18122 CHARSET are mapped.
18123
18124 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18125 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18126 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18127 character code in CHARSET.
18128
18129 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18130 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18131 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18132 or
18133 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18134 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18135 TO2, or...
18136 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18137 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18138
18139 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18140 Display a list of all character sets.
18141
18142 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18143 internal Emacs use.
18144
18145 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18146 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18147 hexadecimal digits.
18148 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18149 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18150
18151 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18152 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18153 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18154 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18155
18156 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18157 but still shows the full information.
18158
18159 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18160
18161 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18162 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18163 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18164 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18165 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18166
18167 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18168 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18169 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18170 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18171 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18172
18173 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18174
18175 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18176 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18177 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18178 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18179 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18180
18181 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18182
18183 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18184 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18185
18186 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18187
18188 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18189 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18190
18191 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18192
18193 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18194 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18195
18196 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18197 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18198 in place of `..':
18199 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18200 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18201 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18202 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18203 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18204 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18205 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18206 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18207 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18208 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18209 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18210 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18211 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18212 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18213 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18214 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18215
18216 \(fn)" t nil)
18217
18218 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18219 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18220
18221 \(fn)" t nil)
18222
18223 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18224 Display a list of all coding systems.
18225 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18226
18227 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18228 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18229
18230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18231
18232 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18233 Display a list of all coding categories.
18234
18235 \(fn)" nil nil)
18236
18237 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18238 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18239
18240 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18241
18242 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18243 Display information about FONTSET.
18244 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18245
18246 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18247
18248 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18249 Display a list of all fontsets.
18250 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18251 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18252 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18253
18254 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18255
18256 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18257 Display information about all input methods.
18258
18259 \(fn)" t nil)
18260
18261 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18262 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18263
18264 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18265 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18266 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18267 system which uses fontsets).
18268
18269 \(fn)" t nil)
18270
18271 ;;;***
18272 \f
18273 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18274 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18275 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18276 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18277 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18278 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17102 18726))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18280
18281 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18282 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18283 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18284
18285 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18286
18287 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18288
18289 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18290 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18291
18292 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18293 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18294
18295 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18296 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18297
18298 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18299
18300 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18301 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18302 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18303 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18304 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18305 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18306 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18307
18308 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18309 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18310 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18311 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18312 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18313 middle of a character in STR.
18314
18315 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18316 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18317
18318 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18319 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18320 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18321 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18322 defaults to \"...\".
18323
18324 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18325
18326 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18327 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18328
18329 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18330 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18331 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18332
18333 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18334 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18335 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18336
18337 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18338 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18339 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18340 is considered.
18341 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18342 longer than KEYSEQ.
18343 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18344
18345 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18346
18347 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18348 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18349 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18350 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18351 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18352 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18353 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18354 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18355 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18356 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18357 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18358
18359 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18360
18361 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18362 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18363
18364 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18365
18366 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18367 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18368
18369 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18370
18371 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18372 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18373
18374 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18375
18376 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18377 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18378
18379 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18380
18381 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18382 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18383 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18384 coding systems ordered by priority.
18385
18386 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18387
18388 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18389 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18390 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18391 language environment LANG-ENV.
18392
18393 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18394
18395 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18396 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18397 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18398 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18399 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18400 basis, this may not be accurate.
18401
18402 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18403
18404 ;;;***
18405 \f
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18407 ;;;;;; (17258 50746))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18409
18410 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18411 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18412 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18413 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18414 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18415
18416 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18417
18418 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18419
18420 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18421 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18422 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18423 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18424
18425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18426
18427 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18428 Enable mouse wheel support.
18429
18430 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18431
18432 ;;;***
18433 \f
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18435 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18436 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18437 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17148 25173))
18438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18439
18440 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18441 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18442
18443 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18444
18445 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18446 Ping HOST.
18447 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18448 `ping-program-options'.
18449
18450 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18451
18452 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18453 Run ipconfig program.
18454
18455 \(fn)" t nil)
18456
18457 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18458
18459 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18460 Run netstat program.
18461
18462 \(fn)" t nil)
18463
18464 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18465 Run the arp program.
18466
18467 \(fn)" t nil)
18468
18469 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18470 Run the route program.
18471
18472 \(fn)" t nil)
18473
18474 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18475 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18476
18477 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18478
18479 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18480 Run nslookup program.
18481
18482 \(fn)" t nil)
18483
18484 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18485 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18486
18487 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18488
18489 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18490 Run dig program.
18491
18492 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18493
18494 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18495 Run ftp program.
18496
18497 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18498
18499 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18500 Finger USER on HOST.
18501
18502 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18503
18504 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18505 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18506 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18507 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18508
18509 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18510
18511 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18512 Not documented
18513
18514 \(fn)" t nil)
18515
18516 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18517 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18518
18519 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18520
18521 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18522 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18523
18524 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18525
18526 ;;;***
18527 \f
18528 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18529 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18530 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18531 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18532 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18533 ;;;;;; (17379 35991))
18534 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18535
18536 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18537
18538 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18539
18540 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18541
18542 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18543
18544 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18545 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18546 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18547 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18548 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18549 Major modes should set this variable.")
18550
18551 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18552 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18553 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18554 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18555 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18556 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18557
18558 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18559
18560 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18561 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18562
18563 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18564 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18565 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18566 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18567
18568 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18569 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18570
18571 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18572 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18573 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18574
18575 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18576 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18577 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18578 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18579 column indentation or nil.
18580 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18581
18582 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18583 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18584 The function has no args.
18585
18586 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18587 comments always start in column zero.")
18588
18589 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18590 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18591 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18592
18593 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18594
18595 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18596 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18597 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18598 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18599
18600 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18601 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18602
18603 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18604
18605 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18606 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18607 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18608 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18609 customize this variable.
18610
18611 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18612 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18613
18614 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18615
18616 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18617 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18618 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18619 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18620 the variables are properly set.
18621
18622 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18623
18624 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18625 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18626
18627 \(fn)" nil nil)
18628
18629 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18630 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18631 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18632
18633 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18634
18635 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18636 Set the comment column based on point.
18637 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18638 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18639 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18640 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18641
18642 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18643
18644 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18645 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18646 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18647
18648 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18651 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18652 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18653 comment markers.
18654
18655 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18656
18657 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18658 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18659 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18660 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18661 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18662 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18663 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18664 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18665
18666 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18667 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18668
18669 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18670
18671 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18672 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18673 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18674 is passed on to the respective function.
18675
18676 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18677
18678 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18679 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18680 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18681 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18682 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18683 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18684 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18685 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18686 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18687
18688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18689
18690 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18691 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18692 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18693
18694 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18695
18696 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18697 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18698 This indents the body of the continued comment
18699 under the previous comment line.
18700
18701 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18702 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18703 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18704
18705 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18706 or comment indentation.
18707
18708 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18709 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18710
18711 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18712
18713 ;;;***
18714 \f
18715 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18716 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18717 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17378 16858))
18718 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18719
18720 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18721 Check whether newsticker is running.
18722 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18723 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18724
18725 \(fn)" nil nil)
18726
18727 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18728 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18729 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18730 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18731 empty.
18732
18733 \(fn)" nil nil)
18734
18735 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18736 Start the newsticker.
18737 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18738 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18739 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18740 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18741
18742 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18743
18744 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18745 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18746 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18747 running already.
18748
18749 \(fn)" t nil)
18750
18751 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18752 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18753
18754 \(fn)" t nil)
18755
18756 ;;;***
18757 \f
18758 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18759 ;;;;;; (17148 25143))
18760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18761
18762 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18763 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18764
18765 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18766
18767 ;;;***
18768 \f
18769 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17148
18770 ;;;;;; 25143))
18771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18772
18773 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18774 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18775 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18776 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18777 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18778 symbol in the alist.
18779
18780 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18781
18782 ;;;***
18783 \f
18784 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18785 ;;;;;; (17148 25144))
18786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18787
18788 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18789 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18790 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18791
18792 \(fn)" t nil)
18793
18794 ;;;***
18795 \f
18796 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18797 ;;;;;; (17148 25145))
18798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18799
18800 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18801 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18802 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18803
18804 \(fn)" t nil)
18805
18806 ;;;***
18807 \f
18808 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18809 ;;;;;; (17148 25147))
18810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18811
18812 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18813 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18814
18815 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18816
18817 ;;;***
18818 \f
18819 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18820 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17148 25148))
18821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18822
18823 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18824 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18825
18826 \(fn)" t nil)
18827
18828 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18829 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18830
18831 \(fn)" t nil)
18832
18833 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18834 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18835
18836 \(fn)" t nil)
18837
18838 ;;;***
18839 \f
18840 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18841 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17148 25021))
18842 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18843
18844 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18845 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18846 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18847
18848 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18849
18850 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18851 Not documented
18852
18853 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18854
18855 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18856 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18857 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18858 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18859 to future sessions.
18860
18861 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18862
18863 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18864 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18865 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18866 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18867 to future sessions.
18868
18869 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18870
18871 ;;;***
18872 \f
18873 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18874 ;;;;;; (17379 56088))
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18876
18877 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18878 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18879 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18880 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18881 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18882 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18883
18884 \(fn)" t nil)
18885
18886 ;;;***
18887 \f
18888 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18889 ;;;;;; (17167 26278))
18890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18891
18892 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18893 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18894 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18895 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18896 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18897
18898 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
18899
18900 ;;;***
18901 \f
18902 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18903 ;;;;;; (17288 31060))
18904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18905
18906 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18907 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18908 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18909
18910 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18911
18912 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18913 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18914
18915 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18916 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18917 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18918
18919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18920
18921 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18922
18923 ;;;***
18924 \f
18925 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18926 ;;;;;; (17307 14151))
18927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18928
18929 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18930 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18931
18932 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18933 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18934 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18935 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18936
18937 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18938 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18939 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18940 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18941 is why you need this mode!).
18942
18943 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18944 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18945 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18946
18947 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18948
18949 Keybindings
18950 ===========
18951
18952 \\{octave-mode-map}
18953
18954 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18955 ==============================================
18956
18957 octave-auto-indent
18958 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18959 Default is nil.
18960
18961 octave-auto-newline
18962 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18963 Default is nil.
18964
18965 octave-blink-matching-block
18966 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18967 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18968
18969 octave-block-offset
18970 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18971 Default is 2.
18972
18973 octave-continuation-offset
18974 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18975 Default is 4.
18976
18977 octave-continuation-string
18978 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18979 Default is a backslash.
18980
18981 octave-mode-startup-message
18982 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18983 Default is t.
18984
18985 octave-send-echo-input
18986 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18987 command to the inferior Octave process.
18988
18989 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18990 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18991 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18992
18993 octave-send-echo-input
18994 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18995
18996 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18997
18998 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18999 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19000
19001 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19002 (setq auto-mode-alist
19003 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19004
19005 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19006 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19007
19008 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19009 (lambda ()
19010 (abbrev-mode 1)
19011 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19012 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19013 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19014
19015 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19016 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19017 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19018 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19019
19020 \(fn)" t nil)
19021
19022 ;;;***
19023 \f
19024 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19025 ;;;;;; (17148 25181))
19026 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19027
19028 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19029 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19030 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19031
19032 \(fn)" t nil)
19033
19034 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19035 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19036 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19037 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19038 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19039
19040 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19041
19042 \(fn)" t nil)
19043
19044 ;;;***
19045 \f
19046 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19047 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
19048 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19049 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19050 ;;;;;; (17373 32426))
19051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19052
19053 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19054 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19055 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19056
19057 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19058 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19059 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19060 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19061 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19062 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19063 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19064 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19065 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19066 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19067
19068 The following commands are available:
19069
19070 \\{org-mode-map}
19071
19072 \(fn)" t nil)
19073
19074 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
19075 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
19076
19077 The following commands are available:
19078
19079 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
19080
19081 \(fn)" t nil)
19082
19083 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19084 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19085 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19086 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19087
19088 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19089 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19090 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19091 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19092 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19093 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19094 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19095
19096 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19097 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19098 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19099
19100 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19101 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19102 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19103
19104 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19105
19106 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19107 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19108 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19109 will be able to go to other weeks.
19110 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19111 also be shown, under the current date.
19112 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19113 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19114 to turn on logging.
19115 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19116 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19117 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19118
19119 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19120
19121 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19122 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19123 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19124 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19125 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19126 `org-todo-keywords'.
19127
19128 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19129
19130 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19131 Return diary information from org-files.
19132 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19133 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19134 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19135 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19136
19137 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19138 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19139 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19140
19141 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19142 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19143 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19144 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19145
19146 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19147 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19148 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19149
19150 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19151 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19152 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19153 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19154
19155 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19156
19157 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19158
19159 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19160 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19161
19162 &%%(org-diary)
19163
19164 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19165 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19166 also be written as
19167
19168 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19169
19170 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19171 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19172 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19173
19174 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19175
19176 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19177 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19178 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19179
19180 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19181
19182 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19183 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19184 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19185 \\[org-insert-link].
19186 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19187 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19188 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19189
19190 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19191
19192 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19193 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19194 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19195 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19196 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19197
19198 \(fn)" nil nil)
19199
19200 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19201 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19202 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19203 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19204 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19205 file the text at a specific location.
19206 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19207 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19208 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19209
19210 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19211 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19212 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19213 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19214 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19215 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19216 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19217 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19218
19219 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19220 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19221 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19222 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19223
19224 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19225 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19226 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19227
19228 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19229 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19230 \(i.e. after the stars).
19231
19232 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19233
19234 \(fn)" nil nil)
19235
19236 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19237 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19238
19239 \(fn)" nil nil)
19240
19241 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19242 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19243
19244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19245
19246 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19247 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19248 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19249 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19250
19251 \(fn)" t nil)
19252
19253 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19254 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19255 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19256
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19258
19259 ;;;***
19260 \f
19261 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19262 ;;;;;; (17360 15348))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19264
19265 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19266 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19267 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19268 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19269
19270 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19271 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19272 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19273 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19274
19275 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19276 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19277 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19278 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19279 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19280 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19281
19282 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19283 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19284 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19285
19286 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19287 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19288 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19289 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19290 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19291 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19292 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19293 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19294 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19295 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19296 The subheadings remain visible.
19297 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19298
19299 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19300 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19301 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19302
19303 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19304 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19305
19306 \(fn)" t nil)
19307
19308 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19309 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19310 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19311 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19312
19313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19314
19315 ;;;***
19316 \f
19317 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17333 17859))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19319
19320 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19321 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19322 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19324 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19325
19326 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19327
19328 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19329
19330 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19331 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19332 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19333 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19334
19335 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19336 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19337
19338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19339
19340 ;;;***
19341 \f
19342 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19343 ;;;;;; (17307 14150))
19344 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19345
19346 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19347 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19348 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19349 unknown are returned as nil.
19350
19351 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19352
19353 ;;;***
19354 \f
19355 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17276
19356 ;;;;;; 44726))
19357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19358
19359 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19360 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19361 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19362
19363 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19364 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19365
19366 Other useful functions are:
19367
19368 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19369 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19370 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19371 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19372 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19373 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19374 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19375 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19376 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19377
19378 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19379
19380 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19381 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19382 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19383 Indentation for case statements.
19384 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19385 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19386 mark after an end.
19387 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19388 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19389 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19390 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19391 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19392 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19393 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19394 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19395 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19396 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19397
19398 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19399 pascal-separator-keywords.
19400
19401 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19402 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19403
19404 \(fn)" t nil)
19405
19406 ;;;***
19407 \f
19408 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19409 ;;;;;; (17140 20922))
19410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19411
19412 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19413 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19414 The keys affected are:
19415 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19416 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19417 M-Backspace does undo.
19418 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19419 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19420 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19421
19422 \(fn)" t nil)
19423
19424 ;;;***
19425 \f
19426 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19427 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17140 20922))
19428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19429
19430 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19431 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19432 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19434 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19435
19436 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19437
19438 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19439
19440 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19441 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19442
19443 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19444
19445 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19446 which modify the status of the mark.
19447
19448 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19449 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19450
19451 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19452 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19453
19454 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19455 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19456 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19457 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19458 turning PC Selection mode on.
19459
19460 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19461 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19462
19463 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19464 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19465 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19466
19467 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19468 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19469 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19470
19471 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19472 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19473
19474 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19475 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19476 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19477
19478 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19479 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19480 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19481
19482 F6 other-window
19483 DELETE delete-char
19484 C-DELETE kill-line
19485 M-DELETE kill-word
19486 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19487 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19488 M-BACKSPACE undo
19489
19490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19491
19492 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19493 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19494 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19495 and cursor movement commands.
19496 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19498 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19499
19500 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19501
19502 ;;;***
19503 \f
19504 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17148
19505 ;;;;;; 25022))
19506 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19507
19508 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19509 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19510
19511 \(fn)" nil nil)
19512
19513 ;;;***
19514 \f
19515 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19516 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17148 25022))
19517 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19518
19519 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19520 Completion for `gzip'.
19521
19522 \(fn)" nil nil)
19523
19524 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19525 Completion for `bzip2'.
19526
19527 \(fn)" nil nil)
19528
19529 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19530 Completion for GNU `make'.
19531
19532 \(fn)" nil nil)
19533
19534 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19535 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19536
19537 \(fn)" nil nil)
19538
19539 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19540
19541 ;;;***
19542 \f
19543 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19544 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17148 25022))
19545 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19546
19547 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19548 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19549
19550 \(fn)" nil nil)
19551
19552 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19553 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19554
19555 \(fn)" nil nil)
19556
19557 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19558 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19559
19560 \(fn)" nil nil)
19561
19562 ;;;***
19563 \f
19564 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17148
19565 ;;;;;; 25022))
19566 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19567
19568 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19569 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19570 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19571 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19572 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19573 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19574
19575 \(fn)" nil nil)
19576
19577 ;;;***
19578 \f
19579 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19580 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19581 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17148 25022))
19582 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19583
19584 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19585 Completion for `cd'.
19586
19587 \(fn)" nil nil)
19588
19589 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19590
19591 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19592 Completion for `rmdir'.
19593
19594 \(fn)" nil nil)
19595
19596 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19597 Completion for `rm'.
19598
19599 \(fn)" nil nil)
19600
19601 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19602 Completion for `xargs'.
19603
19604 \(fn)" nil nil)
19605
19606 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19607
19608 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19609 Completion for `which'.
19610
19611 \(fn)" nil nil)
19612
19613 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19614 Completion for the `chown' command.
19615
19616 \(fn)" nil nil)
19617
19618 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19619 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19620
19621 \(fn)" nil nil)
19622
19623 ;;;***
19624 \f
19625 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19626 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19627 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17205
19628 ;;;;;; 6017))
19629 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19630
19631 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19632 Support extensible programmable completion.
19633 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19634 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19635
19636 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19637
19638 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19639 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19640
19641 \(fn)" t nil)
19642
19643 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19644 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19645 This will modify the current buffer.
19646
19647 \(fn)" t nil)
19648
19649 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19650 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19651
19652 \(fn)" t nil)
19653
19654 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19655 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19656 This will modify the current buffer.
19657
19658 \(fn)" t nil)
19659
19660 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19661 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19662
19663 \(fn)" t nil)
19664
19665 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19666 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19667
19668 \(fn)" t nil)
19669
19670 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19671 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19672 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19673 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19674 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19675
19676 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19677
19678 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19679 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19680
19681 \(fn)" nil nil)
19682
19683 ;;;***
19684 \f
19685 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19686 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19687 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17304 41554))
19688 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19689
19690 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19691 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19692 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19693 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19694
19695 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19696
19697 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19698
19699 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19700 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19701 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19702 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19703 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19704 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19705 FLAGS is ignored.
19706
19707 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19708
19709 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19710 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19711 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19712 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19713 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19714 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19715 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19716 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19717
19718 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19719
19720 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19721 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19722 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19723 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19724 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19725 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19726 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19727 passed to cvs.
19728
19729 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19730
19731 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19732 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19733 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19734 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19735 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19736 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19737 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19738
19739 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19740
19741 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19742
19743 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19744 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19745 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19746
19747 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19748
19749 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19750 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19751 nil means never do it.
19752 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19753 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19754 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19755
19756 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19757
19758 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19759 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19760 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19761
19762 ;;;***
19763 \f
19764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17194 38169))
19765 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19766
19767 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19768
19769 ;;;***
19770 \f
19771 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19772 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
19773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19774
19775 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19776 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19777 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19778 Tab indents for Perl code.
19779 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19780 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19781 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19782 \\{perl-mode-map}
19783 Variables controlling indentation style:
19784 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19785 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19786 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19787 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19788 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19789 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19790 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19791 `perl-nochange'
19792 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19793 `perl-indent-level'
19794 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19795 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19796 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19797 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19798 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19799 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19800 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19801 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19802 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19803 `perl-brace-offset'
19804 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19805 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19806 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19807 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19808 `perl-label-offset'
19809 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19810 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19811 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19812
19813 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19814 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19815 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19816 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19817 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19818 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19819 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19820
19821 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19822
19823 \(fn)" t nil)
19824
19825 ;;;***
19826 \f
19827 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19828 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19829 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
19830 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17251 37236))
19831 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19832
19833 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19834 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19835
19836 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19837
19838 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19839 passphrase cache or user.
19840
19841 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19842
19843 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
19844 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
19845
19846 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19847 cache or user.
19848
19849 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19850
19851 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
19852 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
19853
19854 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19855 the region.
19856
19857 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19858 passphrase cache or user.
19859
19860 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19863 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19864
19865 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19866
19867 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19868 the region.
19869
19870 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19871 passphrase cache or user.
19872
19873 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19874
19875 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19876 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19877
19878 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19879 passphrase cache or user.
19880
19881 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19882
19883 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19884 Decrypt the current buffer.
19885
19886 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19887 the region.
19888
19889 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19890 passphrase cache or user.
19891
19892 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19893
19894 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19895 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19896
19897 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19898 a detached signature.
19899
19900 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19901 and the the output is displayed.
19902
19903 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19904 passphrase cache or user.
19905
19906 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19907
19908 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19909 Sign the current buffer.
19910
19911 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19912 detached signature.
19913
19914 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19915 within the region.
19916
19917 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19918 and the the output is displayed.
19919
19920 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19921 passphrase cache or user.
19922
19923 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19924
19925 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19926 Verify the current region between START and END.
19927 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19928 the detached signature of the current region.
19929
19930 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19931 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19932
19933 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19934
19935 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19936 Verify the current buffer.
19937 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19938 the detached signature of the current region.
19939 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19940 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19941 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19942 within the region.
19943
19944 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19945
19946 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19947 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19948
19949 \(fn)" t nil)
19950
19951 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19952 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19953
19954 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19955
19956 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19957 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19958
19959 \(fn)" t nil)
19960
19961 ;;;***
19962 \f
19963 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
19964 ;;;;;; (17251 37235))
19965 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
19966
19967 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
19968 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
19969
19970 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
19971
19972 ;;;***
19973 \f
19974 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19975 ;;;;;; (17316 61871))
19976 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19977
19978 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19979 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19980 \\<picture-mode-map>
19981 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19982 afterwards settable by these commands:
19983
19984 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
19985 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
19986 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
19987 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
19988
19989 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
19990 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
19991 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
19992 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
19993
19994 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
19995 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
19996 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
19997 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
19998
19999 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20000 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20001 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20002 with these commands:
20003
20004 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20005 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20006 Move to column following last
20007 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20008 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20009 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20010 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20011 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20012 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20013
20014 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20015
20016 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20017 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20018 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20019 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20020 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20021 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20022
20023 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20024 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20025 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20026 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20027 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20028 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20029 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20030
20031 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20032 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20033 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20034 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20035 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20036 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20037 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20038 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20039
20040 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20041 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20042 by supplying an argument.
20043
20044 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20045
20046 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20047 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20048
20049 \(fn)" t nil)
20050
20051 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20052
20053 ;;;***
20054 \f
20055 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20056 ;;;;;; (17148 25215))
20057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20058
20059 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20060 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20061 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20062
20063 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20064
20065 ;;;***
20066 \f
20067 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17140 20949))
20068 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20069
20070 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20071 Play pong and waste time.
20072 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20073 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20074
20075 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20076
20077 \\{pong-mode-map}
20078
20079 \(fn)" t nil)
20080
20081 ;;;***
20082 \f
20083 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20084 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17185 27496))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20086
20087 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20088 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20089 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20090 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20091
20092 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20093
20094 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20095 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20096
20097 \(fn)" nil nil)
20098
20099 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20100 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20101 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20102 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20103 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20104
20105 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20106
20107 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20108 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20109 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20110 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20111 in the variable `values'.
20112
20113 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20114
20115 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20116 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20117 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20118 Ignores leading comment characters.
20119
20120 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20121
20122 ;;;***
20123 \f
20124 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20125 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20126 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20127 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20128 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20129 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20130 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20131 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20132 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20133 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20134 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20135 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20136 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20137 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20138 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20139 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20140 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20141 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20142 ;;;;;; (17275 51551))
20143 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20144
20145 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20146 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20147
20148 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20149
20150 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20151
20152 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20153
20154 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20155 Preview directory using ghostview.
20156
20157 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20158 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20159 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20160 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20161
20162 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20163 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20164 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20165 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20166 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20167 file name.
20168
20169 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20170
20171 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20172
20173 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20174 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20175
20176 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20177 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20178 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20179 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20180
20181 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20182 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20183 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20184 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20185 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20186 file name.
20187
20188 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20189
20190 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20191
20192 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20193 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20194
20195 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20196 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20197 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20198 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20199
20200 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20201 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20202 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20203 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20204 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20205 file name.
20206
20207 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20208
20209 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20210
20211 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20212 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20213
20214 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20215
20216 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20217 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20218 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20219 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20220
20221 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20222 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20223 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20224 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20225 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20226 file name.
20227
20228 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20229
20230 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20231
20232 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20233 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20234
20235 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20236 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20237 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20238
20239 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20240 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20241 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20242 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20243
20244 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20245
20246 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20247 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20248
20249 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20250 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20251 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20252
20253 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20254 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20255 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20256 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20257
20258 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20259
20260 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20261 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20262
20263 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20264 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20265 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20266
20267 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20268 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20269 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20270 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20271
20272 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20273
20274 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20275 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20276
20277 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20278
20279 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20280 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20281 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20282
20283 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20284 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20285 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20286 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20287
20288 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20289
20290 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20291 Preview region using ghostview.
20292
20293 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20294
20295 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20296
20297 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20298 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20299
20300 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20301
20302 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20303
20304 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20305 Print region using PostScript printer.
20306
20307 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20308
20309 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20310
20311 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20312 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20313
20314 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20315
20316 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20317
20318 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20319 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20320
20321 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20322
20323 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20324
20325 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20326 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20327
20328 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20329
20330 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20331
20332 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20333 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20334
20335 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20336
20337 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20338
20339 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20340 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20341
20342 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20343
20344 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20345
20346 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20347 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20348 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20349 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20350
20351 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20352 matching.
20353
20354 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20355 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20356
20357 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20358
20359 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20360
20361 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20362 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20363 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20364 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20365
20366 \(fn)" t nil)
20367
20368 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20369 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20370 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20371 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20372
20373 \(fn)" t nil)
20374
20375 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20376 Print directory using text printer.
20377
20378 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20379 matching.
20380
20381 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20382 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20383
20384 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20385
20386 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20387
20388 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20389 Print buffer using text printer.
20390
20391 \(fn)" t nil)
20392
20393 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20394 Print region using text printer.
20395
20396 \(fn)" t nil)
20397
20398 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20399 Print major mode using text printer.
20400
20401 \(fn)" t nil)
20402
20403 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20404 Preview spooled PostScript.
20405
20406 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20407 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20408 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20409
20410 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20411 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20412 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20413
20414 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20415
20416 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20417 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20418
20419 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20420 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20421 instead of sending it to the printer.
20422
20423 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20424 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20425 image in a file with that name.
20426
20427 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20428
20429 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20430 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20431
20432 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20433 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20434 instead of sending it to the printer.
20435
20436 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20437 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20438 image in a file with that name.
20439
20440 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20441
20442 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20443 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20444
20445 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20446 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20447 instead of sending it to the printer.
20448
20449 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20450 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20451 image in a file with that name.
20452
20453 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20454
20455 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20456 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20457
20458 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20459
20460 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20461 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20462
20463 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20464
20465 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20466 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20467
20468 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20469
20470 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20471 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20472
20473 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20474
20475 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20476 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20477
20478 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20479
20480 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20481 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20482
20483 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20484 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20485 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20486 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20487
20488 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20489 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20490 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20491 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20492 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20493 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20494 file name.
20495
20496 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20497
20498 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20499 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20500
20501 \(fn)" t nil)
20502
20503 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20504 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20505
20506 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20507 right.
20508 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20509 bottom.
20510
20511 \(fn)" t nil)
20512
20513 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20514 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20515
20516 \(fn)" t nil)
20517
20518 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20519 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20520
20521 \(fn)" t nil)
20522
20523 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20524 Toggle printing with faces.
20525
20526 \(fn)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20529 Toggle spooling.
20530
20531 \(fn)" t nil)
20532
20533 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20534 Toggle duplex.
20535
20536 \(fn)" t nil)
20537
20538 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20539 Toggle tumble.
20540
20541 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20542 right.
20543 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20544 bottom.
20545
20546 \(fn)" t nil)
20547
20548 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20549 Toggle landscape.
20550
20551 \(fn)" t nil)
20552
20553 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20554 Toggle upside-down.
20555
20556 \(fn)" t nil)
20557
20558 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20559 Toggle line number.
20560
20561 \(fn)" t nil)
20562
20563 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20564 Toggle zebra stripes.
20565
20566 \(fn)" t nil)
20567
20568 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20569 Toggle printing header.
20570
20571 \(fn)" t nil)
20572
20573 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20574 Toggle printing header frame.
20575
20576 \(fn)" t nil)
20577
20578 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20579 Toggle menu lock.
20580
20581 \(fn)" t nil)
20582
20583 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20584 Toggle auto region.
20585
20586 \(fn)" t nil)
20587
20588 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20589 Toggle auto mode.
20590
20591 \(fn)" t nil)
20592
20593 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20594 Customization of the `printing' group.
20595
20596 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20597
20598 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20599 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20600
20601 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20602
20603 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20604 Help for the printing package.
20605
20606 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20607
20608 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20609 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20610
20611 \(fn)" t nil)
20612
20613 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20614 Interactively select a text printer.
20615
20616 \(fn)" t nil)
20617
20618 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20619 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20620
20621 \(fn)" t nil)
20622
20623 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20624 Show current ps-print settings.
20625
20626 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20629 Show current printing settings.
20630
20631 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20632
20633 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20634 Show current lpr settings.
20635
20636 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20637
20638 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20639 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20640
20641 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20642 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20643 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20644 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20645
20646
20647 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20648
20649 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20650 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20651 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20652
20653 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20654 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20655 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20656 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20657 current active printer.
20658
20659 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20660 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20661 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20662 printer.
20663
20664 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20665 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20666 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20667 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20668 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20669
20670
20671 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20672 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20673
20674 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20675
20676 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20677 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20678 be done using the new current active printer.
20679
20680 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20681 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20682 printer.
20683
20684 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20685 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20686 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20687 instead of sending it to the printer.
20688
20689 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20690 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20691 printer.
20692
20693 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20694
20695
20696 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20697 are both set to t.
20698
20699 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20700
20701 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20702 Fast fire function for text printing.
20703
20704 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20705 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20706 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20707 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20708
20709 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20710 user for a new active text printer.
20711
20712 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20713
20714 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20715
20716 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20717 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20718 printer.
20719
20720 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20721
20722 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20723 are both set to t.
20724
20725 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20726
20727 ;;;***
20728 \f
20729 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20730 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
20731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20732
20733 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20734 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20735 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20736 Commands:
20737 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20738 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20739 if that value is non-nil.
20740
20741 \(fn)" t nil)
20742
20743 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20744 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20745
20746 \(fn)" t nil)
20747
20748 ;;;***
20749 \f
20750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17318 56744))
20751 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20752
20753 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20754 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20755 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20756
20757 ;;;***
20758 \f
20759 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17276
20760 ;;;;;; 44727))
20761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20762
20763 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20764 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20765
20766 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20767
20768 The following variables hold user options, and can
20769 be set through the `customize' command:
20770
20771 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20772 `ps-mode-tab'
20773 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20774 `ps-mode-print-function'
20775 `ps-run-prompt'
20776 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20777 `ps-run-x'
20778 `ps-run-dumb'
20779 `ps-run-init'
20780 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20781 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
20782
20783 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20784
20785
20786 \\{ps-mode-map}
20787
20788
20789 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20790 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20791 The keymap for this second window is:
20792
20793 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20794
20795
20796 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20797 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20798 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20799 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20800 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20801
20802 \(fn)" t nil)
20803
20804 ;;;***
20805 \f
20806 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20807 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20808 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20809 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17239 32229))
20810 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20811
20812 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20813 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20814
20815 Valid values are:
20816
20817 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20818 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20819 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20820 changed by setting the variable
20821 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20822 The initial value of this variable is
20823 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20824 documentation).
20825
20826 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20827 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20828 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20829 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20830 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20831 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20832 test it.
20833
20834 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20835 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20836 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20837 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20838 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20839 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20840 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20841 use this value, be sure to have installed
20842 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20843 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20844 documentation of this variable).
20845
20846 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20847 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20848 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20849 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20850 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20851 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20852
20853 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20854
20855 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20856
20857 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20858 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20859 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20860
20861 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20862
20863 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20864 Not documented
20865
20866 \(fn)" nil nil)
20867
20868 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20869 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20870
20871 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20872
20873 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20874
20875 Returns the value:
20876
20877 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20878
20879 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20880 the sequence.
20881
20882 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20883
20884 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20885 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20886
20887 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20888 composition.
20889
20890 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20891
20892 Returns the value:
20893
20894 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20895
20896 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20897 the sequence.
20898
20899 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20900
20901 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20902 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20903
20904 \(fn)" nil nil)
20905
20906 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20907 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20908 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20909
20910 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20911
20912 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20913 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20914 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20915
20916 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20917
20918 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20919 Not documented
20920
20921 \(fn)" nil nil)
20922
20923 ;;;***
20924 \f
20925 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20926 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20927 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20928 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20929 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20930 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17239
20931 ;;;;;; 32233))
20932 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20933
20934 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20935 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20936 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20937
20938 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20939
20940 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20941 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20942 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20943 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20944
20945 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20946
20947 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20948 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20949
20950 Valid values are:
20951
20952 nil Do not print colors.
20953
20954 t Print colors.
20955
20956 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20957 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20958
20959 Any other value is treated as t.")
20960
20961 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20962
20963 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20964 Customization of ps-print group.
20965
20966 \(fn)" t nil)
20967
20968 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20969 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20970
20971 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20972 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20973 sending it to the printer.
20974
20975 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20976 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20977 image in a file with that name.
20978
20979 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20980
20981 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20982 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20983 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20984 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20985 so it has a way to determine color values.
20986
20987 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20988
20989 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20990 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20991 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20992
20993 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20994
20995 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20996 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20997 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20998 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20999 so it has a way to determine color values.
21000
21001 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21002
21003 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21004 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21005 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21006 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21007
21008 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21009
21010 \(fn)" t nil)
21011
21012 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21013 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21014 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21015 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21016 so it has a way to determine color values.
21017
21018 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21019
21020 \(fn)" t nil)
21021
21022 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21023 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21024 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21025
21026 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21027
21028 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21029
21030 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21031 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21032 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21033 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21034 so it has a way to determine color values.
21035
21036 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21037
21038 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21039
21040 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21041 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21042
21043 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21044 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21045 instead of sending it to the printer.
21046
21047 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21048 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21049 image in a file with that name.
21050
21051 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21052
21053 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21054 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21055 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21056 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21057 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21058
21059 \(fn)" t nil)
21060
21061 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21062 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21063 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21064
21065 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21066
21067 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21068 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21069 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21070
21071 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21074 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21075
21076 \(fn)" nil nil)
21077
21078 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21079 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21080
21081 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21082 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21083
21084 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21085 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21086
21087 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21088
21089 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21090
21091 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21092
21093 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21094 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21095
21096 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21097 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21098
21099 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21100 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21101
21102 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21103
21104 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21105
21106 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21107
21108 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21109 foreground and background colors respectively.
21110
21111 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21112 bold - use bold font.
21113 italic - use italic font.
21114 underline - put a line under text.
21115 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21116 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21117 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21118 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21119 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21120
21121 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21122
21123 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21124
21125 ;;;***
21126 \f
21127 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21128 ;;;;;; (17362 20185))
21129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21130
21131 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21132
21133 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21134
21135 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21136
21137 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21138 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21139 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21140 buffer automatically.
21141 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21142 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21143 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21144 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21145 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21146 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21147
21148 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21149
21150 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21151 Major mode for editing Python files.
21152 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21153 parsing of the source.
21154 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21155 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21156 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21157
21158 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21159 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21160 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21161 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21162 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21163 \\<python-mode-map>
21164 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21165 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21166 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21167 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21168 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21169 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21170
21171 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21172 effect outside them.
21173
21174 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21175 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21176 lines count as headers.
21177
21178 \\{python-mode-map}
21179
21180 \(fn)" t nil)
21181
21182 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21183 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21184 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21185 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21186
21187 \(fn)" t nil)
21188
21189 ;;;***
21190 \f
21191 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21192 ;;;;;; (17148 25151))
21193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21194
21195 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21196 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21197 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21198 coding-system.
21199
21200 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21201 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21202
21203 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21204 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21205 them into characters should be done separately.
21206
21207 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21208
21209 ;;;***
21210 \f
21211 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21212 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21213 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21214 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21215 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17250 28362))
21216 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21217
21218 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21219 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21220
21221 \(fn)" nil nil)
21222
21223 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21224 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21225 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21226
21227 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21228 `quail-activate', which see.
21229
21230 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21231
21232 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21233 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21234 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21235 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21236 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21237 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21238 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21239
21240 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21241 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21242 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21243 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21244 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21245 shown.
21246 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21247
21248 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21249 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21250 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21251 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21252 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21253 list of candidates.
21254
21255 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21256 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21257 command to be called.
21258
21259 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21260 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21261 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21262 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21263
21264 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21265 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21266 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21267 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21268 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21269 to t.
21270
21271 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21272 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21273 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21274 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21275
21276 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21277 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21278 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21279 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21280
21281 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21282 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21283 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21284 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21285 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21286 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21287
21288 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21289 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21290 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21291 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21292 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21293 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21294
21295 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21296 covers Quail translation region.
21297
21298 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21299 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21300 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21301 for it) is inserted.
21302
21303 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21304 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21305 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21306
21307 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21308 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21309 non-Quail commands.
21310
21311 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21312
21313 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21314 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21315
21316 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21317 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21318 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21319 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21320 you type is correctly handled.
21321
21322 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21323
21324 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21325 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21326
21327 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21328 keyboard type.
21329
21330 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21333 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21334 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21335 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21336 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21337 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21338 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21339 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21340 for the translation.
21341 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21342
21343 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21344 it is used to handle KEY.
21345
21346 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21347 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21348 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21349 the following annotation types are supported.
21350
21351 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21352 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21353
21354 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21355 candidate list.
21356
21357 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21358 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21359 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21360 inserted.
21361
21362 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21363 generated for the following translations.
21364
21365 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21366
21367 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21368 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21369
21370 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21371 which to install MAP.
21372
21373 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21374
21375 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21376
21377 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21378 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21379
21380 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21381 which to install MAP.
21382
21383 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21384
21385 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21386
21387 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21388 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21389 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21390 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21391 a function, or a cons.
21392 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21393 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21394 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21395 for the translation.
21396 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21397 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21398 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21399 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21400 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21401
21402 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21403 it is used to handle KEY.
21404
21405 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21406 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21407 current Quail package.
21408
21409 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21410 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21411
21412 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21413
21414 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21415 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21416
21417 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21418 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21419
21420 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21421
21422 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21423 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21424
21425 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21426
21427 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21428 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21429 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21430 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21431 of the Emacs source tree.
21432
21433 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21434 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21435
21436 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21437 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21438 of each directory.
21439
21440 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21441
21442 ;;;***
21443 \f
21444 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21445 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21446 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17140
21447 ;;;;;; 20942))
21448 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21449
21450 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21451 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21452 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21453 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21454
21455 To make use of this do something like:
21456
21457 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21458
21459 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21460
21461 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21462 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21463
21464 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21465 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21466 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21467
21468 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21469
21470 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21471 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21472
21473 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21474
21475 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21476 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21477
21478 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21479 is decided.
21480
21481 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21482
21483 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21484 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21485
21486 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21487 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21488 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21489
21490 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21491
21492 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21493 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21494
21495 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21496
21497 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21498 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21499
21500 \(fn)" t nil)
21501
21502 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21503 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21504
21505 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21506
21507 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21508
21509 \(fn)" t nil)
21510
21511 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21512 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21513
21514 \(fn)" t nil)
21515
21516 ;;;***
21517 \f
21518 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc) "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (17378 16858))
21519 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21520
21521 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21522 Connect to IRC.
21523
21524 If any of the the optional SERVER, PORT, NICK or CHANNELS are not
21525 supplied, they are taken from the variables `rcirc-server',
21526 `rcirc-port', `rcirc-nick', and `rcirc-startup-channels-alist',
21527 respectively.
21528
21529 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK CHANNELS)" t nil)
21530
21531 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21532
21533 ;;;***
21534 \f
21535 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17239
21536 ;;;;;; 32359))
21537 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21538
21539 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21540 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21541 See \\[compile].
21542
21543 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21544
21545 ;;;***
21546 \f
21547 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21548 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
21549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21550
21551 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21552
21553 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21554 Construct a regexp interactively.
21555
21556 \(fn)" t nil)
21557
21558 ;;;***
21559 \f
21560 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17314 3338))
21561 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21562
21563 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21564 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21565 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21567 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21568
21569 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21570
21571 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21572
21573 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21574 Toggle recentf mode.
21575 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21576 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21577
21578 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21579 that were operated on recently.
21580
21581 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21582
21583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21584
21585 ;;;***
21586 \f
21587 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21588 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21589 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21590 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17239
21591 ;;;;;; 32234))
21592 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21593
21594 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21595 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21596 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21597 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21598
21599 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21600
21601 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21602
21603 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21604 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21605 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21606 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21607 ends.
21608
21609 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21610 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21611 to be deleted.
21612
21613 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21614
21615 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21616 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21617 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21618
21619 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21620 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21621 deleted.
21622
21623 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21624
21625 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21626 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21627 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21628
21629 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21630
21631 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21632 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21633
21634 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21635 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21636
21637 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21638 deleted.
21639
21640 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21641
21642 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21643 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21644
21645 \(fn)" t nil)
21646
21647 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21648 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21649 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21650 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21651 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21652 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21653 and point is at the lower right corner.
21654
21655 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21656
21657 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21658 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21659
21660 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21661 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21662
21663 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21664 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21665 on the right side of the rectangle.
21666
21667 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21668
21669 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21670
21671 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21672 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21673 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21674 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21675 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21676
21677 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21678 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21679
21680 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21681
21682 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21683 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21684 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21685
21686 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21687
21688 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21689
21690 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21691
21692 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21693 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21694
21695 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21696 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21697 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21698
21699 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21700
21701 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21702 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21703 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21704
21705 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21706 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21707 rectangle which were empty.
21708
21709 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21710
21711 ;;;***
21712 \f
21713 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17148
21714 ;;;;;; 25216))
21715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21716
21717 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21718 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21719 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21720
21721 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21722 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21723 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21724
21725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21726
21727 ;;;***
21728 \f
21729 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21730 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17275 15964))
21731 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21732
21733 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21734 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21735
21736 \(fn)" nil nil)
21737
21738 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21739 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21740
21741 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21742 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21743
21744 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21745 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21746 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21747 \\ref macro.
21748
21749 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21750 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21751 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21752
21753 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21754 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21755 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21756
21757 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21758 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21759
21760 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21761 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21762
21763 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21764 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21765 on the menu bar.
21766
21767 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21768
21769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21770
21771 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21772 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21773 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21774
21775 \(fn)" nil nil)
21776
21777 ;;;***
21778 \f
21779 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21780 ;;;;;; (17205 6249))
21781 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21782
21783 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21784 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21785 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21786 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21787 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21788 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21789
21790 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21791
21792 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21793
21794 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21795 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21796 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21797 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21798 `reftex-cite-format'.
21799
21800 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21801 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21802 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21803 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21804
21805 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21806
21807 ;;;***
21808 \f
21809 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21810 ;;;;;; (17205 6250))
21811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21812
21813 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21814 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21815 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21816 the current TeX document.
21817
21818 With no argument, this command toggles
21819 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21820 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21821
21822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21823
21824 ;;;***
21825 \f
21826 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21827 ;;;;;; (17239 32421))
21828 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21829
21830 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21831 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21832 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21833
21834 To insert new phrases, use
21835 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21836 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21837
21838 To index phrases use one of:
21839
21840 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21841 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21842 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21843 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21844 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21845
21846 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21847 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21848
21849 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21850
21851 Here are all local bindings.
21852
21853 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21854
21855 \(fn)" t nil)
21856
21857 ;;;***
21858 \f
21859 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21860 ;;;;;; (17205 6254))
21861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21862
21863 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21864 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21865 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21866 of master file.
21867
21868 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21869
21870 ;;;***
21871 \f
21872 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21873 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
21874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21875
21876 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21877 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21878 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21879 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21880 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21881 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21882
21883 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21884 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21885
21886 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21887 by \\=\\< and \\>.
21888
21889 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21890
21891 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21892 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21893 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21894 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21895
21896 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21897
21898 ;;;***
21899 \f
21900 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17148 25034))
21901 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21902
21903 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21904 Repeat most recently executed command.
21905 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21906 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21907 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21908
21909 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21910 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21911 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21912
21913 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21914
21915 ;;;***
21916 \f
21917 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21918 ;;;;;; (17148 25157))
21919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21920
21921 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21922 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21923
21924 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21925 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21926 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21927 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21928 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21929 and point is left after the salutation.
21930
21931 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21932 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21933 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21934 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21935 left after that text.
21936
21937 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21938 is non-nil.
21939
21940 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21941 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21942 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21943 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21944
21945 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21946
21947 ;;;***
21948 \f
21949 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21950 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
21951 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21952
21953 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21954 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21955 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21956 visibility of comments that precede it.
21957 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21958 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21959 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21960 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21961 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21962 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21963 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21964 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21965 the comment lines.
21966 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21967 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21968 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21969 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21970 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21971
21972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21973 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21974
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17148
21978 ;;;;;; 25035))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21980
21981 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21982 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21983
21984 \(fn)" nil nil)
21985
21986 ;;;***
21987 \f
21988 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21989 ;;;;;; (17349 36484))
21990 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21991
21992 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21993 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21994 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21995
21996 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21997 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21998 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21999
22000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22001
22002 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22003 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22004 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22006 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22007
22008 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22009
22010 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22011
22012 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22013 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22014 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22015
22016 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22017 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22018 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22019
22020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22021
22022 ;;;***
22023 \f
22024 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22025 ;;;;;; (17148 25098))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22027
22028 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22029 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22030
22031 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22032
22033 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22034 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22035
22036 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22037
22038 ;;;***
22039 \f
22040 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17140 20942))
22041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22042 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22043
22044 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22045 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22046 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22047 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22048
22049 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22050
22051 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22052 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22053 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22054 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22055
22056 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22057 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22058
22059 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22060 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22061
22062 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22063 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22064 INPUT-ARGS.
22065
22066 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22067 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22068 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22069 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22070 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22071
22072 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22073 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22074 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22075 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22076
22077 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22078 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22079 variable.
22080
22081 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22082
22083 ;;;***
22084 \f
22085 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22086 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22087 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22088 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22089 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22090 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22091 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17359
22092 ;;;;;; 40965))
22093 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22094
22095 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22096 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22097 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22098
22099 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22100
22101 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22102 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22103 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22104 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22105
22106 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22107
22108 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22109 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22110 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22111 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22112 value is the user's email address and name.)
22113 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22114
22115 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22116 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22117 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22118 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22119 which normally happens once for each message,
22120 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22121 To make a change in this variable take effect
22122 for a message that you have already viewed,
22123 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22124
22125 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22126
22127 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22128 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22129 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22130 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22131
22132 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22133
22134 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22135 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22136
22137 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22138
22139 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22140 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22141 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22142 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22143
22144 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22145
22146 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
22147 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22148
22149 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22150
22151 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22152 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22153
22154 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22155
22156 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22157 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22158 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22159 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22160 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22161
22162 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22163
22164 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22165 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22166 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22167 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22168
22169 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22170
22171 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22172 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22173
22174 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22175
22176 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22177 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22178
22179 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22180
22181 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22182 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22183
22184 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22185
22186 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22187 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22188
22189 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22190 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22191
22192 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22193 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22194
22195 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22196
22197 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22198 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22199
22200 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22201 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22202 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22203 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22204
22205 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22206 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22207
22208 This is set to nil by default.")
22209
22210 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22211 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22212 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22213 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22214 until a user explicitly requires it.
22215
22216 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22217 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22218 in your session.")
22219
22220 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22221
22222 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22223 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22224 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22225 It is called with no argument.")
22226
22227 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22228 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22229 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22230 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22231 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22232 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22233 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22234
22235 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22236 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22237 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22238 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22239 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22240 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22241
22242 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22243 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22244 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22245 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22246 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22247
22248 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22249 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22250 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22251 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22252 MSG is the message number,
22253 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22254 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22255
22256 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22257 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22258 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22259 this feature is required with `require'.
22260
22261 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22262 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22263
22264 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22265 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22266 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22267 the message is decoded as normal way.
22268
22269 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22270 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22271 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22272
22273 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
22274 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22275 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22276
22277 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22278 Read and edit incoming mail.
22279 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22280 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22281 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22282
22283 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22284 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22285 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22286 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22287
22288 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22289
22290 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22291
22292 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22293 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22294 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22295 Instead, these commands are available:
22296
22297 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22298 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22299 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22300 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22301 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22302 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22303 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22304 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22305 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22306 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22307 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22308 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22309 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22310 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22311 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22312 till a deleted message is found.
22313 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22314 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22315 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22316 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22317 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22318 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22319 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22320 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22321 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22322 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22323 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22324 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22325 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22326 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22327 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22328 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22329 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22330 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22331 (label defaults to last one specified).
22332 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22333 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22334 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22335 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22336 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22337 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22338 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22339 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22340 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22341
22342 \(fn)" t nil)
22343
22344 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22345 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22346
22347 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22348
22349 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22350 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22351
22352 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22353
22354 ;;;***
22355 \f
22356 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22357 ;;;;;; (17148 25160))
22358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22359
22360 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22361 Edit the contents of this message.
22362
22363 \(fn)" t nil)
22364
22365 ;;;***
22366 \f
22367 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22368 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22369 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17185 27577))
22370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22371
22372 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22373 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22374 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22375
22376 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22377
22378 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22379 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22380 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22381
22382 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22383
22384 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22385 Not documented
22386
22387 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22388
22389 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22390 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22391 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22392 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22393 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22394
22395 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22396
22397 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22398 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22399 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22400 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22401 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22402
22403 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22404
22405 ;;;***
22406 \f
22407 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22408 ;;;;;; (17185 27577))
22409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22410
22411 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22412 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22413 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22414 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22415
22416 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22417
22418 ;;;***
22419 \f
22420 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22421 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22422 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17362 20183))
22423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22424
22425 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22426 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22427 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22428 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22429 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22430 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22431 a file name as a string.")
22432
22433 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22434
22435 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22436 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22437 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22438 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22439 buffer visiting that file.
22440 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22441 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22442
22443 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22444 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22445
22446 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22447 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22448
22449 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22450 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22451
22452 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22453
22454 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22455 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22456
22457 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22458
22459 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22460 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22461 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22462 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22463 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22464
22465 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22466 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22467 will be appended with their original headers.
22468
22469 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22470 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22471
22472 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22473 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22474
22475 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22476
22477 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22478
22479 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22480 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22481 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22482
22483 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22484
22485 ;;;***
22486 \f
22487 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22488 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22489 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17148
22490 ;;;;;; 25160))
22491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22492
22493 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22494 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22495 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22496
22497 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22498
22499 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22500 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22501 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22502
22503 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22504
22505 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22506 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22507 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22508
22509 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22510
22511 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22512 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22513 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22514
22515 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22516
22517 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22518 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22519 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22520
22521 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22522
22523 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22524 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22525 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22526
22527 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22528
22529 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22530 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22531 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22532 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22533
22534 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22535
22536 ;;;***
22537 \f
22538 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22539 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22540 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22541 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22542 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17369 18495))
22543 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22544
22545 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22546 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22547
22548 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22549
22550 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22551 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22552
22553 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22554
22555 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22556 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22557
22558 \(fn)" t nil)
22559
22560 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22561 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22562 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22563
22564 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22565
22566 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22567 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22568 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22569 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22570 only look in the To and From fields.
22571 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22572
22573 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22574
22575 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22576 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22577 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22578 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22579 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22580
22581 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22582
22583 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22584 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22585 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22586 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22587 look in the whole message.
22588 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22589
22590 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22591
22592 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22593 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22594 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22595
22596 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22597
22598 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22599 *Function to decode summary-line.
22600
22601 By default, `identity' is set.")
22602
22603 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22604
22605 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22606 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22607 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22608 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22609 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22610 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22611 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22612
22613 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22614 sent by you under different user names.
22615 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22616
22617 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22618
22619 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22620
22621 ;;;***
22622 \f
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22624 ;;;;;; (17185 27602))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22626
22627 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22628 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22629 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22630 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22631
22632 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22633
22634 ;;;***
22635 \f
22636 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22637 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17148 25035))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22639
22640 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22641 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22642
22643 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22644
22645 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22646 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22647
22648 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22649
22650 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22651 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22652
22653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22654
22655 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22656 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22657 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22658
22659 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22660 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22661 in rot 13.
22662
22663 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22664
22665 \(fn)" t nil)
22666
22667 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22668 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22669
22670 \(fn)" t nil)
22671
22672 ;;;***
22673 \f
22674 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22675 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22676 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22677 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22678 ;;;;;; (17148 25181))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22680
22681 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22682 *This variable is obsolete.")
22683
22684 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22685
22686 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22687 *This variable is obsolete.")
22688
22689 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22690
22691 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22692 *This variable is obsolete.")
22693
22694 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22695
22696 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22697 *This variable is obsolete.")
22698
22699 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22700
22701 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22702 *This variable is obsolete.")
22703
22704 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22705
22706 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22707 *This variable is obsolete.")
22708
22709 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22710
22711 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22712 This function is obsolete.
22713
22714 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22715
22716 ;;;***
22717 \f
22718 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17159
22719 ;;;;;; 1467))
22720 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22721
22722 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22723 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22724
22725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22726
22727 ;;;***
22728 \f
22729 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17148
22730 ;;;;;; 25098))
22731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22732
22733 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22734 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22735 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22736 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22737
22738 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22739
22740 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22741 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22742 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22743 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22744
22745 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22746 notation.
22747
22748 STRING
22749 matches string STRING literally.
22750
22751 CHAR
22752 matches character CHAR literally.
22753
22754 `not-newline', `nonl'
22755 matches any character except a newline.
22756 .
22757 `anything'
22758 matches any character
22759
22760 `(any SET ...)'
22761 `(in SET ...)'
22762 `(char SET ...)'
22763 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22764 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22765 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22766
22767 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22768 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22769 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22770 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22771
22772 `(not (any SET ...))'
22773 matches any character not in SET ...
22774
22775 `line-start', `bol'
22776 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22777 in the text being matched
22778
22779 `line-end', `eol'
22780 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22781
22782 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22783 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22784 string being matched against.
22785
22786 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22787 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22788 string being matched against.
22789
22790 `buffer-start'
22791 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22792 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22793
22794 `buffer-end'
22795 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22796 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22797
22798 `point'
22799 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22800
22801 `word-start', `bow'
22802 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22803 word.
22804
22805 `word-end', `eow'
22806 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22807
22808 `word-boundary'
22809 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22810 word.
22811
22812 `(not word-boundary)'
22813 `not-word-boundary'
22814 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22815 word.
22816
22817 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22818 matches 0 through 9.
22819
22820 `control', `cntrl'
22821 matches ASCII control characters.
22822
22823 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22824 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22825
22826 `blank'
22827 matches space and tab only.
22828
22829 `graphic', `graph'
22830 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22831 space, and DEL.
22832
22833 `printing', `print'
22834 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22835 and DEL.
22836
22837 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22838 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22839 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22840
22841 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22842 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22843 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22844
22845 `ascii'
22846 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22847
22848 `nonascii'
22849 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22850
22851 `lower', `lower-case'
22852 matches anything lower-case.
22853
22854 `upper', `upper-case'
22855 matches anything upper-case.
22856
22857 `punctuation', `punct'
22858 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22859 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22860
22861 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22862 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22863
22864 `word', `wordchar'
22865 matches anything that has word syntax.
22866
22867 `not-wordchar'
22868 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22869
22870 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
22871 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22872 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22873 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22874
22875 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22876 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22877 `word' (\\sw)
22878 `symbol' (\\s_)
22879 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22880 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22881 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22882 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22883 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22884 `escape' (\\s\\)
22885 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22886 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22887 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22888 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22889 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22890
22891 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22892 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22893
22894 `(category CATEGORY)'
22895 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22896 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22897
22898 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22899 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22900 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22901 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22902 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
22903 `symbol' (\\c5)
22904 `digit' (\\c6)
22905 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22906 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22907 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22908 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22909 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22910 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22911 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22912 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22913 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22914 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22915 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22916 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22917 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22918 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22919 `ascii' (\\ca)
22920 `arabic' (\\cb)
22921 `chinese' (\\cc)
22922 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
22923 `greek' (\\cg)
22924 `korean' (\\ch)
22925 `indian' (\\ci)
22926 `japanese' (\\cj)
22927 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22928 `latin' (\\cl)
22929 `lao' (\\co)
22930 `tibetan' (\\cq)
22931 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22932 `thai' (\\ct)
22933 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22934 `hebrew' (\\cw)
22935 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
22936 `can-break' (\\c|)
22937
22938 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22939 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22940
22941 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22942 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22943 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22944 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22945 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22946
22947 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22948 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22949 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22950 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22951
22952 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22953 another name for `submatch'.
22954
22955 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22956 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22957 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22958 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22959 regular expression.
22960
22961 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22962 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22963 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22964 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22965 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22966
22967 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22968 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22969
22970 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22971 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22972
22973 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22974 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
22975 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22976
22977 `(* SEXP ...)'
22978 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22979 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22980
22981 `(*? SEXP ...)'
22982 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22983 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22984
22985 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22986 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
22987 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22988
22989 `(+ SEXP ...)'
22990 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22991
22992 `(+? SEXP ...)'
22993 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22994
22995 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22996 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22997 `(opt SEXP ...)'
22998 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22999
23000 `(? SEXP ...)'
23001 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23002
23003 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23004 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23005
23006 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23007 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23008 matches N occurrences.
23009
23010 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23011 matches N or more occurrences.
23012
23013 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23014 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23015 matches N to M occurrences.
23016
23017 `(backref N)'
23018 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23019
23020 `(backref N)'
23021 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23022
23023 `(backref N)'
23024 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23025
23026 `(eval FORM)'
23027 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23028 `regexp-quote' it.
23029
23030 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23031 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23032
23033 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23034
23035 ;;;***
23036 \f
23037 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23038 ;;;;;; (17378 6213))
23039 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23040
23041 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23042 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23043 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23044 interface.")
23045
23046 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23047
23048 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23049 Toggle savehist-mode.
23050 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23051 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23052 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23053 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23054
23055 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23056 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23057 which is probably undesirable.
23058
23059 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23060
23061 ;;;***
23062 \f
23063 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23064 ;;;;;; (17276 44727))
23065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23066
23067 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23068 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23069 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23070
23071 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23072 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23073 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23074 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23075 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23076 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23077 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23078 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23079
23080 Commands:
23081 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23082 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23083 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23084 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23085 if that value is non-nil.
23086
23087 \(fn)" t nil)
23088
23089 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23090 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23091 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23092
23093 Commands:
23094 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23095 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23096 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23097 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23098 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23099 that variable's value is a string.
23100
23101 \(fn)" t nil)
23102
23103 ;;;***
23104 \f
23105 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23106 ;;;;;; (17148 25151))
23107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23108
23109 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23110 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23111 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23112
23113 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23114
23115 \(fn)" t nil)
23116
23117 ;;;***
23118 \f
23119 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17185
23120 ;;;;;; 27603))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23122
23123 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23124 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23125 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23126 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23127
23128 Interesting variables:
23129
23130 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23131 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23132
23133 `scribe-electric-quote'
23134 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23135
23136 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23137 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23138 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23139
23140 \(fn)" t nil)
23141
23142 ;;;***
23143 \f
23144 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23145 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
23146 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23147
23148 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23149 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23150 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23152 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23153
23154 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23155
23156 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23157
23158 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23159 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23160 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23161 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23162 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23163
23164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23165
23166 ;;;***
23167 \f
23168 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23169 ;;;;;; (17167 2786))
23170 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23171
23172 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23173 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23174 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23175 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23176 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23177 during scrolling.
23178
23179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23180
23181 ;;;***
23182 \f
23183 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23184 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23185 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23186 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23187 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23188 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23189 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23190 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23191 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17330 49619))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23193
23194 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23195 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23196
23197 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23198 king@grassland.com
23199 If `parens', they look like:
23200 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23201 If `angles', they look like:
23202 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23203 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23204 derived from the envelope-from address.
23205
23206 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23207 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23208 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23209 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23210
23211 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23212
23213 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23214 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23215 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23216 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23217
23218 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23219 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23220 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23221 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23222
23223 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23224
23225 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23226 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23227 This is done when the message is initialized,
23228 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23229
23230 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23231
23232 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23233 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23234 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23235
23236 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23237
23238 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23239
23240 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23241 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23242 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23243 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23244 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23245 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23246 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23247
23248 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23249
23250 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23251 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23252
23253 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23254
23255 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23256 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23257 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23258
23259 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23260
23261 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23262 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23263 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23264 when you first send mail.")
23265
23266 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23267
23268 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23269 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23270 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23271 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23272 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23273
23274 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23275
23276 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23277 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23278 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23279 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23280 This file need not actually exist.")
23281
23282 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23283
23284 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23285 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23286 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23287
23288 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23289
23290 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23291 Alist of mail address aliases,
23292 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23293 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23294 can specify a different file name.)
23295 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23296 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23297
23298 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23299 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23300 nil means use indentation.")
23301
23302 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23303
23304 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23305 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23306 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23307
23308 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23309
23310 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23311 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23312 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23313 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23314 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23315 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23316 in the cited portion of the message.
23317
23318 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23319 instead of no action.")
23320
23321 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23322
23323 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23324 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23325 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23326 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23327 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23328
23329 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23330
23331 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23332 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23333 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23334 If a string, that string is inserted.
23335 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23336 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23337 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23338 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23339
23340 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23341
23342 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23343 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23344
23345 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23346
23347 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23348 Directory for mail buffers.
23349 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23350 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23351
23352 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23353
23354 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23355 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23356 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23357 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23358
23359 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23360
23361 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23362 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23363 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23364 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23365 is non-nil.")
23366
23367 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23368
23369 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23370 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23371 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23372 `query' means ask the user each time.
23373 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23374 The default is `mime'.
23375 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23376 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23377
23378 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23379
23380 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23381 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23382 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23383
23384 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23385 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23386
23387 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23388 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23389 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23390 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23391 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23392 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23393 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23394 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23395 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23396 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23397 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23398 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23399 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23400
23401 \(fn)" t nil)
23402
23403 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23404 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23405
23406 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23407 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23408
23409 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23410
23411 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23412 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23413 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23414 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23415 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23416 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23417
23418 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23419 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23420 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23421
23422 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23423 User should not set this variable manually,
23424 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23425 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23426 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23427 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23428
23429 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23430 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23431 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23432 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23433
23434 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23435 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23436
23437 \\<mail-mode-map>
23438 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23439
23440 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23441 to move to message header fields:
23442 \\{mail-mode-map}
23443
23444 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23445 when the message is initialized.
23446
23447 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23448 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23449
23450 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23451 is inserted.
23452
23453 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23454 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23455
23456 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23457 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23458 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23459 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23460 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23461 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23462 buffer without erasing the contents.
23463
23464 The second through fifth arguments,
23465 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23466 the initial contents of those header fields.
23467 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23468 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23469 original message being replied to, or else an action
23470 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23471 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23472 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23473 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23474 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23475 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23476
23477 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23478
23479 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23480 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23481
23482 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23483
23484 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23485 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23486
23487 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23488
23489 ;;;***
23490 \f
23491 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23492 ;;;;;; (17244 54745))
23493 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23494
23495 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23496 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23497 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23498 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23499 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23500 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23501
23502 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23503
23504 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23505
23506 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23507 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23508 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23510 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23511
23512 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23513
23514 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23515
23516 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23517 Toggle Server mode.
23518 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23519 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23520 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23521
23522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23523
23524 ;;;***
23525 \f
23526 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17365 22702))
23527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23528
23529 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23530 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23531 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23532
23533 Key definitions:
23534 \\{ses-mode-map}
23535 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23536 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23537 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23538 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23539
23540 \(fn)" t nil)
23541
23542 ;;;***
23543 \f
23544 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23545 ;;;;;; (17356 16925))
23546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23547
23548 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23549 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23550 Makes > match <.
23551 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23552 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23553
23554 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23555 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23556 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23557
23558 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
23559 your `.emacs' file.
23560
23561 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23562
23563 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23564 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23565 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23566
23567 \(fn)" t nil)
23568
23569 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23570
23571 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23572 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23573 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23574 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23575 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23576 which this is based.
23577
23578 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23579
23580 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23581 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23582 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23583 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23584
23585 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23586 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23587 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23588
23589 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23590 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23591 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23592 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23593
23594 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23595 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23596 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23597 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23598
23599 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23600
23601 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23602 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23603 To work around that, do:
23604 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23605
23606 \\{html-mode-map}
23607
23608 \(fn)" t nil)
23609
23610 ;;;***
23611 \f
23612 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23613 ;;;;;; (17316 61871))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23615
23616 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23617 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23618 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23619 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23620 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23621 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23622
23623 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23624 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23625 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23626 shell-specific features.
23627
23628 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23629 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23630 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23631 \\<sh-mode-map>
23632 \\[sh-case] case statement
23633 \\[sh-for] for loop
23634 \\[sh-function] function definition
23635 \\[sh-if] if statement
23636 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23637 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23638 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23639 \\[sh-select] select loop
23640 \\[sh-until] until loop
23641 \\[sh-while] while loop
23642
23643 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23644 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23645 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23646 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23647 would indent to the way it currently is.
23648 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23649 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23650
23651
23652 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23653 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23654 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23655 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23656 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23657 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23658
23659 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23660 {, (, [, ', \", `
23661 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23662
23663 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23664 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23665 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23666
23667 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23668 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23669
23670 \(fn)" t nil)
23671
23672 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23673
23674 ;;;***
23675 \f
23676 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17148 25151))
23677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23678
23679 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23680 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23681 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23682 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23683 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23684 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23685
23686 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23687
23688 ;;;***
23689 \f
23690 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23691 ;;;;;; (17279 31149))
23692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23693
23694 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23695 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23696
23697 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23698 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23699 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23700 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23701 the earlier.
23702
23703 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23704
23705 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23706
23707 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23708 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23709 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23710
23711 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23712 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23713
23714 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23715 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23716 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23717 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23718 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23719 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23720 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23721 emacs version).
23722
23723 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23724 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23725 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23726 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23727 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23728
23729 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23730 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23731 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23732
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23734
23735 ;;;***
23736 \f
23737 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23738 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17239
23739 ;;;;;; 32238))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23741
23742 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23743 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23744 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23745 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23746 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23747 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23748 in the cluster.
23749
23750 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23751
23752 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23753 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23754 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23755 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23756 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23757
23758 \(fn)" t nil)
23759
23760 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23761 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23762 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23763 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23764 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23765 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23766 `shadow-define-cluster').
23767
23768 \(fn)" t nil)
23769
23770 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23771 Set up file shadowing.
23772
23773 \(fn)" t nil)
23774
23775 ;;;***
23776 \f
23777 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23778 ;;;;;; (17196 30352))
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23780
23781 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23782 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23783 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23784 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23785 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23786 arguments.")
23787
23788 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23789
23790 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23791 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23792 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23793 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23794 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23795 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23796 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23797 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23798 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23799 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23800 discards input when it starts up.)
23801 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23802 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23803 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23804
23805 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23806 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23807 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23808 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23809 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23810 `default-process-coding-system'.
23811
23812 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23813 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23814 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23815 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23816
23817 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23818
23819 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23820 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23821
23822 ;;;***
23823 \f
23824 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23825 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17205 6100))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23827
23828 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23829 Not documented
23830
23831 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23832
23833 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23834 Not documented
23835
23836 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23837
23838 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23839 Not documented
23840
23841 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23842
23843 ;;;***
23844 \f
23845 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23846 ;;;;;; (17148 25152))
23847 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23848
23849 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23850 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23851 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23852 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23853 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23854
23855 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23856
23857 \(fn)" t nil)
23858
23859 ;;;***
23860 \f
23861 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17276
23862 ;;;;;; 44727))
23863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23864
23865 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23866 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23867 \\{simula-mode-map}
23868 Variables controlling indentation style:
23869 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23870 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23871 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23872 `simula-indent-level'
23873 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23874 `simula-substatement-offset'
23875 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23876 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23877 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23878 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23879 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23880 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23881 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23882 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23883 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23884 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23885 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23886 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23887 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23888 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23889 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23890 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23891 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23892 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23893 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23894 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23895 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23896 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23897 or nil if they should not be changed.
23898 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23899 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23900 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23901 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23902
23903 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23904 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23905
23906 \(fn)" t nil)
23907
23908 ;;;***
23909 \f
23910 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23911 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17148 25043))
23912 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23913
23914 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23915 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23916
23917 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23918 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23919 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23920 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23921
23922 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23923
23924 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23925 Insert SKELETON.
23926 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23927 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23928 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23929 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23930 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23931
23932 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23933 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23934
23935 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23936
23937 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23938 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23939
23940 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23941 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23942 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23943 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23944
23945 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23946 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23947 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23948 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23949
23950 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23951 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23952 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23953
23954 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23955 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23956
23957 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23958 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23959
23960 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23961 _ interesting point, interregion here
23962 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23963 interesting point set by _
23964 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23965 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23966 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23967 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23968 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23969 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23970 nil skipped
23971
23972 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23973 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23974
23975 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23976 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23977 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23978 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23979 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23980 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23981 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23982 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23983
23984 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23985 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23986 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23987 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23988 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23989 available:
23990
23991 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23992 then: insert previously read string once more
23993 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23994 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23995 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23996
23997 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23998 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23999
24000 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24001
24002 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24003 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24004
24005 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24006 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24007 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24008 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24009 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24010 such as backslash.
24011
24012 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24013 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24014 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24015
24016 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24017
24018 ;;;***
24019 \f
24020 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24021 ;;;;;; (17248 650))
24022 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24023
24024 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24025 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24026 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24027 buffer names.
24028
24029 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24030
24031 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24032 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24033 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24034
24035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24036
24037 ;;;***
24038 \f
24039 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24040 ;;;;;; (17148 25152))
24041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24042
24043 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24044 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24045 A list of images is returned.
24046
24047 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24048
24049 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24050 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24051 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24052
24053 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24054
24055 ;;;***
24056 \f
24057 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24058 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17358 48216))
24059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24060
24061 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24062 Not documented
24063
24064 \(fn)" nil nil)
24065
24066 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24067 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24068
24069 \(fn)" t nil)
24070
24071 ;;;***
24072 \f
24073 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17140 20949))
24074 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24075
24076 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24077 Play the Snake game.
24078 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24079
24080 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24081
24082 Snake mode keybindings:
24083 \\<snake-mode-map>
24084 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24085 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24086 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24087 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24088 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24089 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24090 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24091
24092 \(fn)" t nil)
24093
24094 ;;;***
24095 \f
24096 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24097 ;;;;;; (17140 20942))
24098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24099
24100 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24101 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24102 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24103 Tab indents for C code.
24104 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24105 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24106 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24107 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24108 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24109
24110 \(fn)" t nil)
24111
24112 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24113 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24114 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24115 Tab indents for C code.
24116 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24117 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24118 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24119 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24120 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24121
24122 \(fn)" t nil)
24123
24124 ;;;***
24125 \f
24126 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24127 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24128 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17307 14150))
24129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24130
24131 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24132 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24133
24134 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24135 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24136 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24137
24138 For example, the form
24139
24140 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24141 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24142
24143 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24144
24145 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24146
24147 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24148 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24149
24150 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24151 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24152 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24153 York City.
24154
24155 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24156
24157 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24158
24159 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24160 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24161
24162 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24163 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24164 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24165 York City.
24166
24167 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24168
24169 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24170
24171 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24172 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24173 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24174 pair.
24175
24176 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24177
24178 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24179
24180 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24181 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24182 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24183
24184 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24185 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24186
24187 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24188
24189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24190
24191 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24192 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24193 Requires floating point.
24194
24195 \(fn)" nil nil)
24196
24197 ;;;***
24198 \f
24199 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17140
24200 ;;;;;; 20949))
24201 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24202
24203 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24204 Play Solitaire.
24205
24206 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24207 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24208 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24209 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24210 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24211 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24212 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24213 check after each move or undo)
24214
24215 What is Solitaire?
24216
24217 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24218 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24219 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24220
24221 Le Solitaire
24222 ============
24223
24224 o o o
24225
24226 o o o
24227
24228 o o o o o o o
24229
24230 o o o . o o o
24231
24232 o o o o o o o
24233
24234 o o o
24235
24236 o o o
24237
24238 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24239 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24240 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24241 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24242
24243 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24244 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24245 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24246 this: o o .
24247
24248 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24249 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24250
24251 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24252
24253 o o o
24254
24255 . o o
24256
24257 o o . o o o o
24258
24259 o . o o o o o
24260
24261 o o o o o o o
24262
24263 o o o
24264
24265 o o o
24266
24267 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24268
24269 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24270
24271 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24272
24273 ;;;***
24274 \f
24275 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24276 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24277 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17148 25043))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24279
24280 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24281 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24282
24283 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24284 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24285 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24286 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24287 contiguous.
24288
24289 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24290 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24291 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24292 the sort order.
24293
24294 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24295 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24296
24297 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24298 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24299 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24300 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24301 is called.
24302
24303 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24304 It should move point to the end of the record.
24305
24306 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24307 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24308 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24309 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24310 starts at the beginning of the record.
24311
24312 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24313 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24314 same as ENDRECFUN.
24315
24316 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24317 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24318
24319 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24320
24321 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24322 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24323 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24324 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24325 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24326 the sort order.
24327
24328 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24329
24330 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24331 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24332 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24333 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24334 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24335 the sort order.
24336
24337 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24338
24339 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24340 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24341 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24342 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24343 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24344 the sort order.
24345
24346 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24347
24348 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24349 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24350 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24351 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24352 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24353 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24354 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24355 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24356 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24357
24358 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24359
24360 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24361 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24362 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24363 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24364 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24365 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24366 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24367 the sort order.
24368
24369 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24370
24371 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24372 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24373 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24374 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24375 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24376 is to be used for sorting.
24377 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24378 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24379 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24380 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24381 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24382
24383 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24384
24385 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24386 the sort order.
24387
24388 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24389 starting with the letter \"f\",
24390 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24391
24392 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24393
24394 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24395 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24396 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24397 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24398 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24399 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24400 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24401 the sort order.
24402
24403 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24404 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24405 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24406 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24407 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24408
24409 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24410
24411 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24412 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24413 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24414
24415 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24416
24417 ;;;***
24418 \f
24419 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17360
24420 ;;;;;; 3380))
24421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24422
24423 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24424 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24425
24426 \(fn)" t nil)
24427
24428 ;;;***
24429 \f
24430 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24431 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24432 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17239 32320))
24433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24434
24435 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24436 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24437
24438 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24439 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24440 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24441
24442 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24443
24444 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24445 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24446 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24447 server.
24448
24449 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24450
24451 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24452 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24453 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24454
24455 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24456
24457 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24458 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24459 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24460 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24461 Agent is plugged.
24462
24463 \(fn)" t nil)
24464
24465 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24466 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24467 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24468 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24469
24470 \(fn)" t nil)
24471
24472 ;;;***
24473 \f
24474 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24475 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17294 14915))
24476 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24477
24478 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24479
24480 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24481 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24482 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24483 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24484 supported at a time.
24485 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24486 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24487
24488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24489
24490 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24491 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24492 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24493 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24494
24495 \(fn)" t nil)
24496
24497 ;;;***
24498 \f
24499 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24500 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17148 25223))
24501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24502
24503 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24504
24505 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24506 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24507 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24508 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24509 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24510 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24511
24512 \(fn)" t nil)
24513
24514 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24515 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24516 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24517 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24518
24519 \(fn)" t nil)
24520
24521 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24522 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24523 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24524 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24525 for example, \"word\".
24526
24527 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24528
24529 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24530 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24531
24532 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24533
24534 ;;;***
24535 \f
24536 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17140
24537 ;;;;;; 20949))
24538 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24539
24540 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24541 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24542
24543 \(fn)" t nil)
24544
24545 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24546 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24547
24548 \(fn)" nil nil)
24549
24550 ;;;***
24551 \f
24552 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24553 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24554 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24555 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17185
24556 ;;;;;; 27674))
24557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24558
24559 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24560 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24561
24562 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24563 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24564 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24565 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24566 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24567 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24568 of the current highlighting list.
24569
24570 For example:
24571
24572 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24573 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24574
24575 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24576 `_t' as data types.
24577
24578 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24579
24580 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24581 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24582
24583 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24584 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24585
24586 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24587
24588 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24589 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24590 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24591
24592 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24593
24594 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24595 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24596 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24597 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24598 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24599 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24600 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24601 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24602 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24603
24604 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24605
24606 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24607 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24608 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24609 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24610
24611 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24612 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24613 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24614 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24615
24616 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24617 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24618 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24619
24620 \(fn)" t nil)
24621
24622 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24623 Major mode to edit SQL.
24624
24625 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24626 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24627 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24628
24629 \\{sql-mode-map}
24630 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24631
24632 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24633 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24634 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24635 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24636 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24637 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24638
24639 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24640 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24641
24642 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24643 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24644 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24645
24646 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24647 (lambda ()
24648 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24649
24650 \(fn)" t nil)
24651
24652 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24653 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24654
24655 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24656 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24657 `*SQL*'.
24658
24659 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24660
24661 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24662
24663 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24664 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24665
24666 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24667 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24668 `*SQL*'.
24669
24670 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24671 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24672 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24673 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24674
24675 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24676 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24677
24678 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24679 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24680 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24681 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24682 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24683 `default-process-coding-system'.
24684
24685 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24686
24687 \(fn)" t nil)
24688
24689 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24690 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24691
24692 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24693 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24694 `*SQL*'.
24695
24696 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24697 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24698 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24699 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24700
24701 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24702 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24703
24704 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24705 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24706 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24707 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24708 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24709 `default-process-coding-system'.
24710
24711 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24712
24713 \(fn)" t nil)
24714
24715 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24716 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24717
24718 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24719 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24720 `*SQL*'.
24721
24722 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24723 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24724
24725 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24726 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24727
24728 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24729 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24730 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24731 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24732 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24733 `default-process-coding-system'.
24734
24735 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24736
24737 \(fn)" t nil)
24738
24739 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24740 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24741
24742 SQLite is free software.
24743
24744 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24745 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24746 `*SQL*'.
24747
24748 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24749 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24750 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24751 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24752
24753 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24754 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24755
24756 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24757 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24758 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24759 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24760 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24761 `default-process-coding-system'.
24762
24763 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24764
24765 \(fn)" t nil)
24766
24767 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24768 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24769
24770 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24771
24772 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24773 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24774 `*SQL*'.
24775
24776 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24777 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24778 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24779 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24780
24781 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24782 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24783
24784 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24785 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24786 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24787 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24788 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24789 `default-process-coding-system'.
24790
24791 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24792
24793 \(fn)" t nil)
24794
24795 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24796 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24797
24798 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24799 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24800 `*SQL*'.
24801
24802 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24803 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24804 defaults, if set.
24805
24806 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24807 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24808
24809 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24810 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24811 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24812 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24813 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24814 `default-process-coding-system'.
24815
24816 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24817
24818 \(fn)" t nil)
24819
24820 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24821 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24822
24823 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24824 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24825 `*SQL*'.
24826
24827 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24828 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24829
24830 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24831 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24832
24833 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24834 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24835 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24836 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24837 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24838 `default-process-coding-system'.
24839
24840 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24841
24842 \(fn)" t nil)
24843
24844 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24845 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24846
24847 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24848 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24849 `*SQL*'.
24850
24851 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24852 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24853 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24854 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24855
24856 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24857 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24858
24859 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24860 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24861 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24862 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24863 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24864 `default-process-coding-system'.
24865
24866 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24867
24868 \(fn)" t nil)
24869
24870 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24871 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24872
24873 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24874 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24875 `*SQL*'.
24876
24877 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24878 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24879 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24880 `sql-postgres-options'.
24881
24882 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24883 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24884
24885 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24886 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24887 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24888 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24889 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24890 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24891 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24892 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24893
24894 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24895 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24896
24897 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24898
24899 \(fn)" t nil)
24900
24901 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24902 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24903
24904 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24905 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24906 `*SQL*'.
24907
24908 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24909 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24910 defaults, if set.
24911
24912 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24913 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24914
24915 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24916 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24917 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24918 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24919 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24920 `default-process-coding-system'.
24921
24922 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24923
24924 \(fn)" t nil)
24925
24926 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24927 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24928
24929 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24930 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24931 `*SQL*'.
24932
24933 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24934 automatic login.
24935
24936 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24937 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24938
24939 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24940 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24941 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24942 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24943
24944 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24945 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24946 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24947 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24948 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24949 `default-process-coding-system'.
24950
24951 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24952
24953 \(fn)" t nil)
24954
24955 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24956 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24957
24958 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24959 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24960 `*SQL*'.
24961
24962 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24963 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24964 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24965 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24966 parameters.
24967
24968 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24969 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24970 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24971 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24972 an empty password.
24973
24974 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24975 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24976
24977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24978
24979 \(fn)" t nil)
24980
24981 ;;;***
24982 \f
24983 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24984 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24985 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24986 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24987 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17205
24988 ;;;;;; 6045))
24989 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24990
24991 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24992 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24993 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24994 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24995 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24996 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24997
24998 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24999
25000 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25001
25002 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25003 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25004 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25005 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25006 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25007 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25008 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25009
25010 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25011
25012 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25013 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25014 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25015 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25016 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25017 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25018 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25019
25020 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25021
25022 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25023 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25024 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25025
25026 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25027
25028 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25029 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25030 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25031
25032 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25033
25034 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25035 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25036
25037 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25038
25039 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25040 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25041
25042 \(fn)" t nil)
25043
25044 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25045 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25046
25047 \(fn)" t nil)
25048
25049 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25050 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25051 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25052 chronologically by command name.
25053 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25054
25055 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25056
25057 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25058 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25059 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25061 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25062
25063 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25064
25065 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25066
25067 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25068 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25069 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25070 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25071 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25072 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25073 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25074
25075 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25076 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25077 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25078 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25079
25080 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25081
25082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25083
25084 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25085 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25086 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25087 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25088
25089 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25090
25091 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25092 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25093
25094 \(fn)" t nil)
25095
25096 ;;;***
25097 \f
25098 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25099 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
25100 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25101
25102 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25103 Studlify-case the region.
25104
25105 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25106
25107 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25108 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25109
25110 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25111
25112 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25113 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25114
25115 \(fn)" t nil)
25116
25117 ;;;***
25118 \f
25119 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17374 39354))
25120 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25121
25122 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25123 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25124 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25125 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25126 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25127 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25128
25129 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25130 is used instead of `load-path'.
25131
25132 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25133 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25134 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25135
25136 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25137
25138 ;;;***
25139 \f
25140 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25141 ;;;;;; (17239 32335))
25142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25143
25144 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25145 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25146 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25147 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25148 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25149 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25150 original message but it does require a few things:
25151
25152 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25153
25154 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25155 reply buffer.
25156
25157 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25158 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25159 original message.
25160
25161 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25162
25163 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25164
25165 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25166 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25167 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25168
25169 \(fn)" nil nil)
25170
25171 ;;;***
25172 \f
25173 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17148 25050))
25174 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25175
25176 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25177 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25178 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25179 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25180 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25181
25182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25183
25184 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25185 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25186 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25187 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25188 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25189 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25190 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25191
25192 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25193
25194 ;;;***
25195 \f
25196 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25197 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25198 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25199 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25200 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25201 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25202 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25203 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25204 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25205 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25206 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25207 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25208 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17378 11759))
25209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25210
25211 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25212 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25213 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25214
25215 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25216
25217 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25218 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25219
25220 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25221
25222 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25223 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25224
25225 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25226
25227 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25228 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25229
25230 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25231
25232 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25233 Insert an editable text table.
25234 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25235 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25236 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25237 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25238 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25239 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25240 delimiting them.
25241
25242 Examples:
25243
25244 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25245
25246 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25247 location of point.
25248
25249 -!-
25250
25251 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25252 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25253 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25254 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25255 first cell.
25256
25257 +-----+-----+-----+
25258 |-!- | | |
25259 +-----+-----+-----+
25260
25261 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25262
25263 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25264 width, which results as
25265
25266 +--------------+-----+-----+
25267 |-!- | | |
25268 +--------------+-----+-----+
25269
25270 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25271 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25272
25273 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25274 | | |-!- |
25275 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25276
25277 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25278 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25279 width information to `table-insert'.
25280
25281 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25282
25283 instead of
25284
25285 Cell width(s): 5
25286
25287 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25288 work all together.
25289
25290 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25291 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25292
25293 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25294 |-!- | | |
25295 | | | |
25296 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25297
25298 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25299
25300 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25301 |-!- | | |
25302 | | | |
25303 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25304 | | | |
25305 | | | |
25306 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25307
25308 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25309
25310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25311 | | | |
25312 | | | |
25313 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25314 | | | |
25315 | | | |
25316 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25317 -!-
25318
25319 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25320 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25321 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25322
25323 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25324 | | | |
25325 | | | |
25326 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25327 | | | |
25328 | | | |
25329 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25330 |-!- | | |
25331 | | | |
25332 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25333
25334 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25335 results.
25336
25337 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25338 | | | |
25339 | | | |
25340 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25341 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25342 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25343 | | |expected results.-!- |
25344 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25345 | | | |
25346 | | | |
25347 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25348
25349 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25350
25351 \\{table-cell-map}
25352
25353 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25354
25355 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25356 Insert N table row(s).
25357 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25358 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25359 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25360 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25361
25362 \(fn N)" t nil)
25363
25364 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25365 Insert N table column(s).
25366 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25367 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25368 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25369 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25370
25371 \(fn N)" t nil)
25372
25373 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25374 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25375 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25376
25377 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25378
25379 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25380 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25381 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25382 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25383 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25384 all the table specific features.
25385
25386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25387
25388 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25389 Not documented
25390
25391 \(fn)" t nil)
25392
25393 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25394 Recognize all tables within region.
25395 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25396 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25397 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25398 specific features.
25399
25400 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25401
25402 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25403 Not documented
25404
25405 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25406
25407 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25408 Recognize a table at point.
25409 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25410 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25411 the table specific features.
25412
25413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25414
25415 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25416 Not documented
25417
25418 \(fn)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25421 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25422 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25423 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25424 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25425 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25426 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25427
25428 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25429
25430 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25431 Not documented
25432
25433 \(fn)" t nil)
25434
25435 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25436 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25437 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25438 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25439 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25440 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25441 specified.
25442
25443 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25444
25445 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25446 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25447 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25448 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25449 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25450 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25451 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25452 table structure.
25453
25454 \(fn N)" t nil)
25455
25456 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25457 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25458 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25459 table's rectangle structure.
25460
25461 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25462
25463 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25464 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25465 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25466 table's rectangle structure.
25467
25468 \(fn N)" t nil)
25469
25470 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25471 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25472 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25473 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25474 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25475
25476 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25477
25478 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25479 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25480 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25481
25482 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25483 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25484 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25485 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25486 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25487 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25488 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25489
25490 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25491 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25492 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25493 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25494 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25495 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25496 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25497
25498 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25499 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25500 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25501 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25502 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25503 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25504 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25505 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25506
25507 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25508
25509 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25510 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25511 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25512 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25513
25514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25515
25516 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25517 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25518 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25519
25520 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25521
25522 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25523 Split current cell vertically.
25524 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25525
25526 \(fn)" t nil)
25527
25528 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25529 Split current cell horizontally.
25530 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25531
25532 \(fn)" t nil)
25533
25534 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25535 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25536 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25537
25538 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25539
25540 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25541 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25542 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25543 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25544
25545 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25546
25547 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25548 Justify cell contents.
25549 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25550 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25551 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25552 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25553
25554 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25555
25556 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25557 Justify cells of a row.
25558 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25559 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25560
25561 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25562
25563 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25564 Justify cells of a column.
25565 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25566 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25567
25568 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25569
25570 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25571 Toggle fixing width mode.
25572 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25573 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25574 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25575
25576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25577
25578 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25579 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25580 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25581 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25582 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25583 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25584 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25585 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25586 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25587 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25588 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25589
25590 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25591
25592 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25593 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25594 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25595 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25596 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25597 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25598 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25599 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25600 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25601 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25602 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25603 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25604 untouched.
25605
25606 References used for this implementation:
25607
25608 HTML:
25609 http://www.w3.org
25610
25611 LaTeX:
25612 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25613
25614 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25615 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25616 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25617
25618 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25619
25620 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25621 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25622 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25623 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25624 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25625 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25626 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25627 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25628 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25629 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25630 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25631 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25632 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25633 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25634 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25635 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25636 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25637
25638 Example:
25639
25640 (progn
25641 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25642 (table-forward-cell 15)
25643 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25644 (table-forward-cell 16)
25645 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25646 (table-forward-cell 1)
25647 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25648
25649 (progn
25650 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25651 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25652 (table-forward-cell 1)
25653 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25654
25655 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25656
25657 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25658 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25659 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25660 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25661 consists from cells of same height.
25662
25663 \(fn N)" t nil)
25664
25665 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25666 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25667 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25668 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25669 column must consists from cells of same width.
25670
25671 \(fn N)" t nil)
25672
25673 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25674 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25675 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25676 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25677 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25678 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25679 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25680 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25681 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25682 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25683 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25684 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25685 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25686 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25687 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25688
25689
25690 Example 1:
25691
25692 1, 2, 3, 4
25693 5, 6, 7, 8
25694 , 9, 10
25695
25696 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25697 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25698 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25699 specified as 5.
25700
25701 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25702 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25703 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25704 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25705 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25706 | | 9 | 10 | |
25707 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25708
25709 Note:
25710
25711 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25712 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25713 of each row is optional.
25714
25715
25716 Example 2:
25717
25718 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25719 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25720 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25721 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25722 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25723
25724 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25725 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25726
25727 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25728 expression and raw delimiter regular
25729 expression, it parses the specified text
25730 area and extracts cell items from
25731 non-table text and then forms a table out
25732 of them.
25733
25734 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25735 creates a single cell table. The text in
25736 the specified region is placed in that
25737 cell.-*-
25738
25739 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25740 like this.
25741
25742 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25743 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25744 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25745 | |
25746 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25747 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25748 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25749 | area and extracts cell items from |
25750 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25751 | of them. |
25752 | |
25753 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25754 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25755 | the specified region is placed in that |
25756 | cell. |
25757 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25758
25759 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25760 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25761 independently.
25762
25763 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25764 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25765 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25766 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25767 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25768 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25769 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25770 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25771 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25772 | |of them. |
25773 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25774 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25775 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25776 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25777 | |cell. |
25778 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25779
25780 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25781 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25782 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25783
25784 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25785
25786 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25787 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25788 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25789 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25790 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25791
25792 \(fn)" t nil)
25793
25794 ;;;***
25795 \f
25796 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17148 25050))
25797 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25798
25799 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25800 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25801
25802 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25803
25804 ;;;***
25805 \f
25806 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17267 37747))
25807 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25808
25809 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25810 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25811 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25812 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25813 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25814 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25815 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25816
25817 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25818 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
25819 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25820 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25821
25822 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25823 \\{tar-mode-map}
25824
25825 \(fn)" t nil)
25826
25827 ;;;***
25828 \f
25829 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25830 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17348 7449))
25831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25832
25833 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25834 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25835 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25836 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25837 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25838 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25839
25840 Variables controlling indentation style:
25841 `tcl-indent-level'
25842 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25843 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25844 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25845
25846 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25847 documentation for details):
25848 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25849 Controls action of TAB key.
25850 `tcl-auto-newline'
25851 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25852 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25853 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25854 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25855 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25856
25857 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25858 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25859 already exist.
25860
25861 Commands:
25862 \\{tcl-mode-map}
25863
25864 \(fn)" t nil)
25865
25866 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25867 Run inferior Tcl process.
25868 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25869 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25870
25871 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
25872
25873 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25874 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25875 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25876
25877 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25878
25879 ;;;***
25880 \f
25881 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17140 20942))
25882 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25883 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25884
25885 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25886 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25887 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25888 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25889
25890 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25891 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25892 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25893 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25894 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25895
25896 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25897 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25898
25899 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25900 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25901 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25902 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25903
25904 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
25905
25906 ;;;***
25907 \f
25908 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17354
25909 ;;;;;; 44750))
25910 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25911
25912 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25913 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25914 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25915 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25916 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25917 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25918
25919 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25920
25921 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25922 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25923 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25924 commands to use in that buffer.
25925
25926 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25927
25928 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25929
25930 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25931 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25932
25933 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25934
25935 ;;;***
25936 \f
25937 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17239
25938 ;;;;;; 32246))
25939 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25940
25941 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25942 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25943 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25944 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25945 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25946 program as keyboard input.
25947
25948 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25949 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25950 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25951 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25952
25953 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25954 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25955 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25956 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25957 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25958
25959 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25960
25961 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25962 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25963 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25964 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25965
25966 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25967 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25968 subprocess started.
25969
25970 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25971
25972 ;;;***
25973 \f
25974 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25975 ;;;;;; (17159 1472))
25976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25977
25978 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25979 Start coverage on function under point.
25980
25981 \(fn)" t nil)
25982
25983 ;;;***
25984 \f
25985 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17140 20949))
25986 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25987
25988 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25989 Play the Tetris game.
25990 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25991 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25992 as to form complete rows.
25993
25994 tetris-mode keybindings:
25995 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25996 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25997 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25998 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25999 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26000 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26001 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26002 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26003 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26004
26005 \(fn)" t nil)
26006
26007 ;;;***
26008 \f
26009 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26010 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26011 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26012 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26013 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26014 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26015 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26016 ;;;;;; (17239 32423))
26017 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26018
26019 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26020 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26021
26022 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26023
26024 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26025 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26026 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26027 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26028 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26029
26030 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26031
26032 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26033 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26034 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26035 if it matches the first line of the file,
26036 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26037
26038 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26039
26040 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26041 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26042 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26043 if the variable is non-nil.")
26044
26045 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26046
26047 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26048 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26049
26050 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26051
26052 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26053 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26054 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26055 See the documentation of that variable.")
26056
26057 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26058
26059 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26060 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26061 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26062 See the documentation of that variable.")
26063
26064 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26065
26066 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26067 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26068 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26069 See the documentation of that variable.")
26070
26071 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26072
26073 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26074 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26075 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26076 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26077 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26078
26079 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26080
26081 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26082 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26083 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26084 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26085
26086 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26087
26088 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26089 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26090 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26091
26092 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26093
26094 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26095 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26096 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26097 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26098
26099 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26100
26101 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26102 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26103 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26104 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26105
26106 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26107
26108 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26109 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26110 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26111 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26112
26113 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26114 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26115 for example,
26116
26117 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26118 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26119
26120 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26121 use.")
26122
26123 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26124
26125 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26126 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26127 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26128 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26129 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26130
26131 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26132
26133 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26134
26135 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26136 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26137 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26138
26139 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26140
26141 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26142 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26143 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26144 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26145 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26146
26147 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26148
26149 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26150 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26151
26152 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26153
26154 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26155 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26156
26157 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26158
26159 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26160 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26161 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26162 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26163 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26164 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26165 says which mode to use.
26166
26167 \(fn)" t nil)
26168
26169 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26170
26171 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26172
26173 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26174
26175 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26176 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26177 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26178 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26179 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26180
26181 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26182 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26183 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26184 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26185 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26186 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26187 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26188
26189 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26190 mismatched $'s or braces.
26191
26192 Special commands:
26193 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26194
26195 Mode variables:
26196 tex-run-command
26197 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26198 tex-directory
26199 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26200 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26201 tex-dvi-print-command
26202 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26203 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26204 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26205 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26206 tex-dvi-view-command
26207 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26208 tex-show-queue-command
26209 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26210 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26211
26212 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26213 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26214 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26215
26216 \(fn)" t nil)
26217
26218 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26219 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26220 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26221 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26222 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26223
26224 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26225 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26226 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26227 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26228 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26229 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26230 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26231
26232 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26233 mismatched $'s or braces.
26234
26235 Special commands:
26236 \\{latex-mode-map}
26237
26238 Mode variables:
26239 latex-run-command
26240 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26241 tex-directory
26242 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26243 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26244 tex-dvi-print-command
26245 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26246 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26247 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26248 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26249 tex-dvi-view-command
26250 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26251 tex-show-queue-command
26252 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26253 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26254
26255 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26256 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26257 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26258
26259 \(fn)" t nil)
26260
26261 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26262 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26263 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26264 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26265 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26266
26267 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26268 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26269 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26270 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26271 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26272 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26273 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26274
26275 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26276 mismatched $'s or braces.
26277
26278 Special commands:
26279 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26280
26281 Mode variables:
26282 slitex-run-command
26283 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26284 tex-directory
26285 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26286 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26287 tex-dvi-print-command
26288 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26289 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26290 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26291 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26292 tex-dvi-view-command
26293 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26294 tex-show-queue-command
26295 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26296 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26297
26298 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26299 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26300 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26301 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26302
26303 \(fn)" t nil)
26304
26305 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26306 Not documented
26307
26308 \(fn)" nil nil)
26309
26310 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26311 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26312
26313 \(fn)" t nil)
26314
26315 ;;;***
26316 \f
26317 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26318 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17312 51446))
26319 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26320
26321 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26322 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26323 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26324 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26325
26326 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26327 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26328 Info-split to do these manually.
26329
26330 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26331
26332 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26333 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26334 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26335 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26336 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26337
26338 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26339
26340 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26341 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26342 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26343 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26344
26345 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26346 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26347 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26348 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26349
26350 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26351 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26352
26353 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26354
26355 ;;;***
26356 \f
26357 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26358 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17276 44727))
26359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26360
26361 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26362 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26363
26364 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26365
26366 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26367 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26368
26369 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26370
26371 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26372 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26373
26374 It has these extra commands:
26375 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26376
26377 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26378 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26379 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26380 modified version of TeX input format.
26381
26382 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26383 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26384 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26385 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26386
26387 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26388 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26389 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26390 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26391 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26392 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26393 in the Texinfo file.
26394
26395 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26396 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26397 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26398 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26399 move forward past the closing brace.
26400
26401 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26402 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26403
26404 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26405 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26406 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26407
26408 Here are the functions:
26409
26410 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26411 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26412 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26413
26414 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26415 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26416 texinfo-master-menu
26417
26418 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26419
26420 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26421 which menu descriptions are indented.
26422
26423 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26424 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26425 in the region.
26426
26427 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26428 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26429 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26430 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26431
26432 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26433 be the first node in the file.
26434
26435 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26436 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26437
26438 \(fn)" t nil)
26439
26440 ;;;***
26441 \f
26442 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26443 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26444 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26445 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
26446 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26447
26448 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26449 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26450 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26451 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26452
26453 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26454
26455 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26456 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26457
26458 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26459
26460 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26461 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26462
26463 \(fn)" t nil)
26464
26465 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26466 Not documented
26467
26468 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26469
26470 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26471 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26472 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26473 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26474 to compose.
26475
26476 The return value is number of composed characters.
26477
26478 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26479
26480 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26481 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26482
26483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26484
26485 ;;;***
26486 \f
26487 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26488 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26489 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17148 25056))
26490 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26491
26492 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26493 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
26494
26495 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26496
26497 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26498 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26499 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26500 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26501 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26502
26503 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26504 a symbol as a valid THING.
26505
26506 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26507 of the textual entity that was found.
26508
26509 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26510
26511 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26512 Return the THING at point.
26513 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26514 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26515 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26516
26517 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26518 a symbol as a valid THING.
26519
26520 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26521
26522 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26523 Not documented
26524
26525 \(fn)" nil nil)
26526
26527 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26528 Not documented
26529
26530 \(fn)" nil nil)
26531
26532 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26533 Not documented
26534
26535 \(fn)" nil nil)
26536
26537 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26538 Not documented
26539
26540 \(fn)" nil nil)
26541
26542 ;;;***
26543 \f
26544 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26545 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26546 ;;;;;; (17374 9567))
26547 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26548
26549 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26550 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26551
26552 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26553
26554 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26555 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26556 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26557 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26558
26559 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26560
26561 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26562 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26563
26564 \(fn)" t nil)
26565
26566 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26567 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26568
26569 \(fn)" t nil)
26570
26571 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26572
26573 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26574 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26575
26576 \(fn)" t nil)
26577
26578 ;;;***
26579 \f
26580 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26581 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26582 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26583 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26584 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26585 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17102 18781))
26586 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26587
26588 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26589 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26590 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26591
26592 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26593
26594 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26595 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26596
26597 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26598
26599 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26600 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26601 The returned string has no composition information.
26602
26603 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26604
26605 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26606 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26607
26608 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26609
26610 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26611 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26612
26613 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26614
26615 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26616 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26617 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26618 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26619
26620 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26621
26622 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26623 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26624 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26625 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26626
26627 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26628
26629 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26630 Not documented
26631
26632 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26633
26634 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26635 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26636 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26637
26638 \(fn)" t nil)
26639
26640 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26641 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26642 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26643
26644 \(fn)" t nil)
26645
26646 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26647 Not documented
26648
26649 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26650
26651 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26652 Not documented
26653
26654 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26655
26656 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26657 Not documented
26658
26659 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26660
26661 ;;;***
26662 \f
26663 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26664 ;;;;;; (17342 36761))
26665 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26666
26667 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26668 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26669 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26670 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26671 parameters.
26672 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26673
26674 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26675
26676 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26677 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26678 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26679 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26680 parameters.
26681 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26682
26683 \(fn)" t nil)
26684
26685 ;;;***
26686 \f
26687 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26688 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17356 14847))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26690
26691 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26692 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26693
26694 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26695
26696 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26697 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26698 This display updates automatically every minute.
26699 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26700 are displayed as well.
26701 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26702
26703 \(fn)" t nil)
26704
26705 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26706 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26707 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26709 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26710
26711 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26712
26713 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26714
26715 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26716 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26717 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26718
26719 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26720 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26721 are displayed as well.
26722 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26723
26724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26725
26726 ;;;***
26727 \f
26728 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26729 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26730 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26731 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17307
26732 ;;;;;; 14150))
26733 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26734
26735 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26736 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26737
26738 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26739
26740 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26741 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26742 You can use `float-time' instead.
26743
26744 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26745
26746 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26747 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26748
26749 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26750
26751 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26752 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26753
26754 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26755
26756 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26757 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26758
26759 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26760
26761 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26762 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26763 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26764
26765 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26766
26767 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26768
26769 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26770 Subtract two time values.
26771 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26772
26773 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26774
26775 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26776 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26777
26778 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26779
26780 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26781 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26782 DATE should be a date-time string.
26783
26784 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26785
26786 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26787 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26788 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26789
26790 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26791
26792 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26793 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26794
26795 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26796
26797 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26798 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26799
26800 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26801
26802 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26803 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26804 TIME should be a time value.
26805 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26806
26807 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26808
26809 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26810 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26811 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26812
26813 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26814
26815 ;;;***
26816 \f
26817 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26818 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17194 38185))
26819 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26820
26821 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26822 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26823 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26824 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26825 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26826 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26827 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26828 look like one of the following:
26829 Time-stamp: <>
26830 Time-stamp: \" \"
26831 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26832 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26833 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26834 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26835 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26836 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26837 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26838 the template.
26839
26840 \(fn)" t nil)
26841
26842 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26843 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26844 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26845
26846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26847
26848 ;;;***
26849 \f
26850 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26851 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26852 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26853 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26854 ;;;;;; (17307 14150))
26855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26856
26857 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26858 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26859 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26860 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26861 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26862 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26863 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26864 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26865 display (non-nil means on).
26866
26867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26868
26869 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26870 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26871 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26872 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26873 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26874 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26875 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26876 this function is called within a day.
26877
26878 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26879 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26880 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26881 discover the name of the project.
26882
26883 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26884
26885 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26886 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26887 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26888 begun during the last time segment.
26889
26890 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26891 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26892 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26893 discover the reason.
26894
26895 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26896
26897 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26898 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26899 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26900 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26901 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26902
26903 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26904
26905 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26906 Change to working on a different project.
26907 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26908 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26909 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26910 working on.
26911
26912 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26913
26914 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26915 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26916 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26917
26918 \(fn)" nil nil)
26919
26920 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26921 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26922 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26923
26924 \(fn)" t nil)
26925
26926 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26927 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26928 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26929 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26930 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26931 \"relative to today\".
26932
26933 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26934
26935 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26936 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26937 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26938 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26939
26940 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26941
26942 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26943 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26944 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26945 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26946 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26947 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26948
26949 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26950
26951 ;;;***
26952 \f
26953 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26954 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26955 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17251 53836))
26956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26957
26958 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26959
26960 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26961 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26962
26963 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26964
26965 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26966 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26967
26968 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26969
26970 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26971 Perform an action at time TIME.
26972 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26973 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26974 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26975 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26976 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26977 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26978
26979 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26980
26981 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26982
26983 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26984 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26985 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26986 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26987 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26988
26989 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26990
26991 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26992
26993 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26994 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26995 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26996 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26997
26998 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26999
27000 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27001 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27002 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27003 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
27004
27005 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27006 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27007
27008 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27009
27010 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27011 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27012
27013 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27014 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27015 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27016 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27017 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27018 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27019 be detected.
27020
27021 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27022
27023 ;;;***
27024 \f
27025 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27026 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17102 18762))
27027 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27028
27029 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27030 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27031 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27032 the generated Quail package is saved.
27033
27034 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27035
27036 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27037 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27038 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27039 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27040 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27041 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27042 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27043
27044 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27045
27046 ;;;***
27047 \f
27048 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27049 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17102
27050 ;;;;;; 18782))
27051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27052
27053 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27054 Not documented
27055
27056 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27057
27058 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27059 Not documented
27060
27061 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27062
27063 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27064 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27065 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27066 PATTERN regexp.
27067
27068 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27069
27070 ;;;***
27071 \f
27072 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27073 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17148 25058))
27074 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27075 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27076 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27077 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27078
27079 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27080 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27081 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27082 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27083 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27084
27085 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27086
27087 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27088 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27089 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27090 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27091 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27092
27093 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27094
27095 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27096 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27097 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27098 in the menu in two ways:
27099 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27100 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27101 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27102
27103 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27104 keymap or an alist of alists.
27105 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27106 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27107
27108 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27109
27110 ;;;***
27111 \f
27112 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27113 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27114 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17307 14150))
27115 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27116
27117 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27118 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27119
27120 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27121
27122 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27123 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27124
27125 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27126
27127 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27128 Insert new TODO list entry.
27129 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27130 category.
27131
27132 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27133
27134 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27135 List top priorities for each category.
27136
27137 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27138 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27139
27140 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27141 between each category.
27142
27143 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27144
27145 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27146 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27147 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27148 between each category.
27149
27150 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27151
27152 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27153
27154 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27155 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27156
27157 \\{todo-mode-map}
27158
27159 \(fn)" t nil)
27160
27161 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27162 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27163
27164 \(fn)" nil nil)
27165
27166 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27167 Show TODO list.
27168
27169 \(fn)" t nil)
27170
27171 ;;;***
27172 \f
27173 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27174 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27175 ;;;;;; (17324 9268))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27177
27178 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27179
27180 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27181 Add an item to the tool bar.
27182 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27183 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27184 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27185 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27186
27187 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27188 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27189 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27190 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27191
27192 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27193 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27194
27195 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27196
27197 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27198 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27199 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27200 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27201 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27202 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27203
27204 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27205 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27206 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27207 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27208
27209 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27210
27211 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27212 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27213 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27214 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27215 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27216 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27217 properties to add to the binding.
27218
27219 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27220
27221 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27222 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27223
27224 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27225
27226 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27227 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27228 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27229 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27230 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27231 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27232 properties to add to the binding.
27233
27234 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27235 holds a keymap.
27236
27237 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27238
27239 ;;;***
27240 \f
27241 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27242 ;;;;;; (17140 20923))
27243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27244
27245 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27246 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27247 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27249 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27250
27251 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27252
27253 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27254
27255 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27256 TPU/edt emulation.
27257
27258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27259
27260 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27261
27262 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27263 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27264
27265 \(fn)" t nil)
27266
27267 ;;;***
27268 \f
27269 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27270 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17140 20923))
27271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27272
27273 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27274 Set scroll margins.
27275
27276 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27277
27278 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27279 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27280
27281 \(fn)" t nil)
27282
27283 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27284 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27285
27286 \(fn)" t nil)
27287
27288 ;;;***
27289 \f
27290 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17148 25099))
27291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27292
27293 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27294 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27295 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27296 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27297 to a tcp server on another machine.
27298
27299 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27300
27301 ;;;***
27302 \f
27303 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27304 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17148 25100))
27305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27306
27307 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27308 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27309
27310 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27311
27312 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27313 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27314 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27315 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27316 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27317 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27318 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27319 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27320
27321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27322
27323 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27324 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27325 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27326 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27327 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27328 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27329 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27330
27331 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27332
27333 ;;;***
27334 \f
27335 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist
27336 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
27337 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
27338 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17377 15371))
27339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27340
27341 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27342 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27343 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27344
27345 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27346 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27347 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27348 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27349
27350 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27351 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27352 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27353 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27354
27355 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27356 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27357 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27358 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27359 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27360 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27361 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27362 files which are not really tramp files.
27363
27364 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27365 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27366 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27367 updated after changing this variable.
27368
27369 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27370
27371 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27372
27373 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27374 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27375 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27376 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27377
27378 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27379 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27380 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27381 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27382
27383 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27384 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27385 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27386
27387 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27388 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27389 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27390 updated after changing this variable.
27391
27392 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27393
27394 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27395
27396 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27397 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27398 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27399
27400 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27401
27402 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27403 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27404 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27405
27406 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27407
27408 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
27409
27410 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
27411
27412 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist) "tramp" "\
27413 Not documented
27414
27415 \(fn)" nil nil)
27416
27417 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27418 Not documented
27419
27420 \(fn)" t nil)
27421
27422 ;;;***
27423 \f
27424 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27425 ;;;;;; (17364 3828))
27426 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27427
27428 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27429 Not documented
27430
27431 \(fn)" nil nil)
27432
27433 ;;;***
27434 \f
27435 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-setup-dired-keybindings tumme-dired) "tumme"
27436 ;;;;;; "tumme.el" (17369 18495))
27437 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27438
27439 (autoload (quote tumme-dired) "tumme" "\
27440 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27441
27442 Convenience command that:
27443
27444 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27445 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27446 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27447
27448 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27449
27450 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27451
27452 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27453 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27454 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27455 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27456
27457 \(fn)" t nil)
27458
27459 ;;;***
27460 \f
27461 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27462 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17148 25231))
27463 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27464 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27465 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27466 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27467
27468 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27469 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27470 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27471 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27472 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27473 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27474 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27475
27476 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27477
27478 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27479 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27480 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27481 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27482
27483 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27484
27485 \(fn)" t nil)
27486
27487 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27488 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27489 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27490 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27491 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27492 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27493 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27494
27495 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27496 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27497
27498 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27499 \\___/\\
27500 / \\
27501 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27502
27503 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27504
27505 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27506
27507 ;;;***
27508 \f
27509 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27510 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27511 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27512 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27513 ;;;;;; (17148 25059))
27514 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27515
27516 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27517 Toggle typing break mode.
27518 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27520 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27521
27522 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27523
27524 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27525 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27526
27527 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27528
27529 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27530 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27531
27532 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27533 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27534 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27535
27536 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27537 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27538
27539 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27540
27541 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27542 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27543
27544 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27545 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27546 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27547 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27548
27549 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27550
27551 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27552 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27553 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27554
27555 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27556 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27557 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27558 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27559 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27560 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27561
27562 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27563 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27564 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27565 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27566
27567 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27568 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27569
27570 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27571 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27572
27573 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27574
27575 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27576 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27577 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27578
27579 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27580 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27581 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27582 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27583 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27584 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27585 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27586
27587 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27588 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27589
27590 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27591 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27592 reset the keystroke counter.
27593
27594 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27595 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27596 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27597 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27598
27599 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27600 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27601 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27602 `type-break-schedule' command.
27603
27604 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27605 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27606 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27607 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27608 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27609 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27610 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27611 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27612 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27613
27614 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27615 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27616 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27617 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27618 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27619
27620 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27621 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27622 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27623 approximate good values for this.
27624
27625 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27626 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27627
27628 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27629 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27630 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27631 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27632 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27633 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27634
27635 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27636 a typing break occur. They include:
27637
27638 `type-break-query-mode'
27639 `type-break-query-function'
27640 `type-break-query-interval'
27641
27642 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27643
27644 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27645 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27646 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27647 problems.
27648
27649 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27650
27651 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
27652 Take a typing break.
27653
27654 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27655 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27656
27657 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27658 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27659
27660 \(fn)" t nil)
27661
27662 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
27663 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27664 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27665 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27666
27667 \(fn)" t nil)
27668
27669 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
27670 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
27671
27672 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
27673 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
27674 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
27675 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
27676 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
27677 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
27678 average typing speed.)
27679
27680 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
27681 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
27682 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
27683 the computed maximum threshold.
27684
27685 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27686 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27687 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27688 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27689 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27690
27691 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27692
27693 ;;;***
27694 \f
27695 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27696 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17148 25231))
27697 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27698
27699 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27700 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27701 Works by overstriking underscores.
27702 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27703 which specify the range to operate on.
27704
27705 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27706
27707 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27708 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27709 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27710 which specify the range to operate on.
27711
27712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27713
27714 ;;;***
27715 \f
27716 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27717 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17148 25163))
27718 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27719
27720 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27721 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27722 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27723
27724 \(fn)" t nil)
27725
27726 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27727 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27728 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27729 following the containing message.
27730
27731 \(fn)" t nil)
27732
27733 ;;;***
27734 \f
27735 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27736 ;;;;;; (17148 25163))
27737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27738
27739 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27740 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27741 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27742 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27743 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27744 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27745
27746 \(fn)" nil nil)
27747
27748 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27749 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27750
27751 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27752
27753 ;;;***
27754 \f
27755 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17376
27756 ;;;;;; 60055))
27757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27758
27759 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27760 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27761 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27762 of symbols with local bindings.
27763
27764 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27765
27766 ;;;***
27767 \f
27768 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
27769 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17348 7449))
27770 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27771
27772 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
27773 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
27774 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27775
27776 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
27777 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
27778 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
27779 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
27780 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
27781 followed by CBARGS.
27782
27783 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
27784 already completed.
27785
27786 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
27787
27788 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
27789 Retrieve URL synchronously.
27790 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
27791 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
27792 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27793
27794 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27795
27796 ;;;***
27797 \f
27798 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27799 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17141 252))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27801
27802 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27803 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27804 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27805
27806 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27807 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27808 `url-generic-parse-url'
27809 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27810 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27811 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27812 realm
27813 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27814 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27815 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27816 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27817 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27818 what type of auth to use
27819 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27820 if one cannot be found in the cache
27821
27822 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27823
27824 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27825 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27826
27827 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27828 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27829 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27830 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27831 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27832 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27833 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27834 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27835
27836 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27837
27838 ;;;***
27839 \f
27840 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27841 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
27842 ;;;;;; 11067))
27843 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27844
27845 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27846 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27847
27848 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27849
27850 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27851 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27852
27853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27854
27855 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27856 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27857
27858 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27859
27860 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27861 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27862
27863 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27864
27865 ;;;***
27866 \f
27867 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17141 252))
27868 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
27869
27870 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
27871 Not documented
27872
27873 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27874
27875 ;;;***
27876 \f
27877 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
27878 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17141 254))
27879 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
27880
27881 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
27882 Not documented
27883
27884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27885
27886 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
27887 Not documented
27888
27889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27890
27891 ;;;***
27892 \f
27893 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17240
27894 ;;;;;; 1916))
27895 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
27896
27897 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
27898 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
27899
27900 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27901
27902 ;;;***
27903 \f
27904 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
27905 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17141 258))
27906 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
27907
27908 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
27909 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
27910
27911 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27912
27913 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
27914 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
27915 Args per `open-network-stream'.
27916 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
27917
27918 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27919
27920 ;;;***
27921 \f
27922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27923 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17337
27924 ;;;;;; 11067))
27925 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27926
27927 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
27928 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
27929 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27930 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27931 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
27932
27933 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
27934
27935 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27936
27937 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
27938 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
27939
27940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
27943 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
27944 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
27945 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
27946 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
27947 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
27948 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
27949 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
27950 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
27951
27952 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
27953
27954 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
27955 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
27956 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
27957 accessible.
27958
27959 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
27960
27961 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
27962 Not documented
27963
27964 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
27965
27966 ;;;***
27967 \f
27968 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27969 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17278 11297))
27970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27971
27972 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27973 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27974 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27975 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27976 CBARGS as the arguments.
27977
27978 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27979
27980 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27981 Not documented
27982
27983 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27984
27985 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27986
27987 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27988 Not documented
27989
27990 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27991
27992 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27993 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27994 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27995
27996 Property list members:
27997
27998 methods
27999 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28000 supports.
28001
28002 dav
28003 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28004 supported.
28005
28006 dasl
28007 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28008
28009 ranges
28010 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28011
28012 p3p
28013 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28014 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28015 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28016 Emacs/W3.
28017
28018 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28019
28020 ;;;***
28021 \f
28022 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17141 259))
28023 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28024
28025 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28026 Not documented
28027
28028 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28029
28030 ;;;***
28031 \f
28032 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17141
28033 ;;;;;; 259))
28034 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28035
28036 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28037 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28038 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28039 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28040 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28041
28042 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28043
28044 ;;;***
28045 \f
28046 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28047 ;;;;;; (17196 9351))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28049
28050 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28051 Not documented
28052
28053 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28054
28055 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28056 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28057
28058 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28059
28060 ;;;***
28061 \f
28062 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28063 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17141 260))
28064 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28065
28066 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28067 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28068
28069 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28070
28071 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28072 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28073
28074 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28075
28076 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28077 Not documented
28078
28079 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28080
28081 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28082
28083 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28084
28085 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28086
28087 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28088 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28089
28090 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28091
28092 ;;;***
28093 \f
28094 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28095 ;;;;;; (17358 30050))
28096 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28097
28098 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28099 Not documented
28100
28101 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28102
28103 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28104 Not documented
28105
28106 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28107
28108 ;;;***
28109 \f
28110 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28111 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28112 ;;;;;; (17141 260))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28114
28115 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28116 Not documented
28117
28118 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28119
28120 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28121 Not documented
28122
28123 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28124
28125 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28126 Not documented
28127
28128 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28129
28130 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28131 Not documented
28132
28133 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28134
28135 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28136 Not documented
28137
28138 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28139
28140 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28141 Not documented
28142
28143 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28144
28145 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28146 Not documented
28147
28148 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28149
28150 ;;;***
28151 \f
28152 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28153 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17141 260))
28154 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28155
28156 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28157 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28158
28159 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28160
28161 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28162 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28163 Format is:
28164 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28165
28166 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28167
28168 ;;;***
28169 \f
28170 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28171 ;;;;;; (17348 7449))
28172 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28173
28174 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28175 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28176
28177 \(fn)" t nil)
28178
28179 ;;;***
28180 \f
28181 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28182 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28183 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28184 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28185 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28186 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28187 ;;;;;; (17185 27762))
28188 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28189
28190 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28191 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28192 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28193
28194 If t, all messages will be logged.
28195 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28196 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28197
28198 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28199
28200 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28201 Not documented
28202
28203 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28204
28205 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28206 Not documented
28207
28208 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28209
28210 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28211 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28212 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28213 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28214 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28215 & ==> &amp;
28216 < ==> &lt;
28217 > ==> &gt;
28218 \" ==> &quot;
28219
28220 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28221
28222 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28223 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28224 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28225
28226 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28227
28228 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28229 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28230 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28231
28232 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28233
28234 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28235 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28236
28237 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28238
28239 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28240 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28241
28242 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28243
28244 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28245 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28246
28247 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28248
28249 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28250 Not documented
28251
28252 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28253
28254 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28255 Not documented
28256
28257 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28258
28259 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28260 Not documented
28261
28262 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28263
28264 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28265 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28266
28267 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28268
28269 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28270 Not documented
28271
28272 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28273
28274 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28275 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28276 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28277 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28278 forbidden in URL encoding.
28279
28280 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28281
28282 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28283 Escape characters in a string.
28284
28285 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28286
28287 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28288 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28289 If optional variable X is t,
28290 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28291
28292 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28293
28294 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28295 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28296 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28297
28298 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28299
28300 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28301 View the current document's URL.
28302 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28303 the minibuffer.
28304
28305 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28306
28307 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28308
28309 ;;;***
28310 \f
28311 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28312 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17148 25059))
28313 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28314
28315 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28316 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28317 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28318 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28319 to refrain from editing the file
28320 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28321 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28322 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28323 in any way you like.
28324
28325 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28326
28327 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28328 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28329 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28330 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28331 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28332
28333 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28334 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28335
28336 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28337
28338 ;;;***
28339 \f
28340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17245 4870))
28341 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28342 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28343
28344 ;;;***
28345 \f
28346 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28347 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28348 ;;;;;; (17148 25154))
28349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28350
28351 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28352 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28353 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28354 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28355
28356 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28357
28358 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28359 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28360 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28361
28362 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28363
28364 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28365 Uudecode region between START and END.
28366 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28367
28368 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28369
28370 ;;;***
28371 \f
28372 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28373 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28374 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28375 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28376 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28377 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28378 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17367 53073))
28379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28380
28381 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28382 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28383 See `run-hooks'.")
28384
28385 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28386
28387 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28388 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28389 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28390
28391 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28392
28393 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28394 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28395 See `run-hooks'.")
28396
28397 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28398
28399 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28400 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28401
28402 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28403
28404 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28405 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28406
28407 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28408
28409 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28410 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28411 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28412 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28413 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28414 somebody else, signal error.
28415
28416 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28417
28418 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28419 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28420 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28421 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28422 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28423
28424 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28425
28426 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28427 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28428 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28429 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28430 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28431 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28432 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28433 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28434 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28435 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28436 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28437 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28438
28439 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28440
28441 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28442 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28443
28444 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28445 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28446
28447 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28448 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28449 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28450 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28451 lock steals will raise an error.
28452
28453 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28454
28455 For RCS and SCCS files:
28456 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28457 control.
28458 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28459 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28460 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28461 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28462 it performs a revert.
28463 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28464 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28465 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28466 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28467 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28468 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28469 the option to steal the lock.
28470
28471 For CVS files:
28472 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28473 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28474 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28475 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28476 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28477 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28478 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28479 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28480 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28481
28482 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28483
28484 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28485 Register the current file into a version control system.
28486 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28487 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28488
28489 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28490 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28491 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28492 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28493 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28494 first backend that could register the file is used.
28495
28496 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28497
28498 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28499 Display diffs between file versions.
28500 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28501 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28502 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28503 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28504 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28505 saving the buffer.
28506
28507 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28508
28509 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28510 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28511 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28512 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28513
28514 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28515
28516 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28517 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28518 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28519 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28520
28521 \(fn)" t nil)
28522
28523 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28524 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28525 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28526 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28527 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28528 from the current branch.
28529
28530 See Info node `Merging'.
28531
28532 \(fn)" t nil)
28533
28534 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28535
28536 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28537 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28538
28539 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28540
28541 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28542 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28543
28544 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28545
28546 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28547 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28548 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28549 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28550 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28551 are checked out in that new branch.
28552
28553 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28554
28555 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28556 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28557 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28558 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28559 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28560 allowed and simply skipped).
28561
28562 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28563
28564 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28565 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28566 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28567
28568 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28569
28570 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28571 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28572 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28573 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28574 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28575
28576 \(fn)" t nil)
28577
28578 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28579 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28580 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28581 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28582 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28583 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28584
28585 \(fn)" t nil)
28586
28587 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28588 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28589 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28590
28591 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28592
28593 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28594 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28595 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28596 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28597 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
28598 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
28599 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
28600
28601 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
28602
28603 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
28604 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
28605 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
28606 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
28607 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
28608 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
28609 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
28610 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
28611 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
28612
28613 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
28614
28615 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
28616 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
28617
28618 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
28619
28620 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
28621 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
28622 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
28623 directory.
28624
28625 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
28626
28627 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
28628 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
28629 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
28630
28631 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
28632 log entries should be gathered.
28633
28634 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28635
28636 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
28637 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
28638
28639 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
28640 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
28641 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
28642 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
28643 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
28644 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28645
28646 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28647 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28648 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28649 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28650 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28651 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28652 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28653 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28654
28655 Customization variables:
28656
28657 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28658 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28659 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28660 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28661
28662 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
28663
28664 ;;;***
28665 \f
28666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17148 25060))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28668 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28669 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28670 (progn
28671 (load "vc-arch")
28672 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28673
28674 ;;;***
28675 \f
28676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17252 55237))
28677 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28678 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28679 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28680 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28681 (load "vc-cvs")
28682 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28683
28684 ;;;***
28685 \f
28686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17312 51444))
28687 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28688 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28689 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28690 (progn
28691 (load "vc-mcvs")
28692 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28693
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28697 ;;;;;; (17370 39824))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28699
28700 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28701 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28702 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28703
28704 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28705 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28706
28707 ;;;***
28708 \f
28709 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28710 ;;;;;; (17370 39824))
28711 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28712
28713 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28714 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28715 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28716
28717 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28718 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28719
28720 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28721 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28722 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28723 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28724
28725 ;;;***
28726 \f
28727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17311 21875))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28729 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28730 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28731 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28732 (load "vc-svn")
28733 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28734
28735 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28736
28737 ;;;***
28738 \f
28739 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28740 ;;;;;; (17239 32401))
28741 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28742
28743 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28744 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28745
28746 Usage:
28747 ------
28748
28749 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28750 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28751 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28752 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28753 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28754 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28755 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28756 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28757 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28758
28759 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28760 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28761 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28762 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28763
28764 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28765 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28766 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28767 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28768 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28769
28770 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28771 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28772
28773
28774 HEADER INSERTION:
28775 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28776 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28777 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28778
28779
28780 STUTTERING:
28781 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28782 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28783 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28784 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28785
28786 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28787 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28788 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28789 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28790 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28791
28792
28793 WORD COMPLETION:
28794 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28795 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28796 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28797 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28798
28799 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28800 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28801 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28802 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28803 beginning with \"std\").
28804
28805 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28806 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28807 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28808 stop.
28809
28810
28811 COMMENTS:
28812 `--' puts a single comment.
28813 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28814 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28815 with a comment in between.
28816 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28817 out following lines.
28818 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28819 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28820
28821 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28822 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28823 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28824 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28825 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28826 non-nil.
28827
28828 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28829 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28830 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28831 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28832 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28833 multi-line comments.
28834
28835
28836 INDENTATION:
28837 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28838 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28839 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28840 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28841
28842 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28843 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28844 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28845 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28846
28847 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28848 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28849 and vice versa.
28850
28851 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28852 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28853
28854
28855 ALIGNMENT:
28856 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28857 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28858 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28859 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28860 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28861 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28862 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28863 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28864
28865 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28866 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28867 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28868 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
28869 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
28870 is non-nil.
28871
28872 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
28873 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
28874 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
28875
28876 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
28877 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
28878
28879
28880 CODE FILLING:
28881 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
28882 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
28883 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
28884 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
28885 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
28886 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
28887
28888
28889 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
28890 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
28891 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
28892 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
28893 command:
28894
28895 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
28896
28897
28898 PORT TRANSLATION:
28899 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
28900 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
28901 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
28902 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
28903 internal signal initializations (menu).
28904
28905 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28906 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28907 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28908
28909 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28910 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28911 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28912 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28913 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28914 in subsequent paste operations.)
28915
28916 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28917 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28918 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28919
28920
28921 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28922 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28923 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28924 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28925 association list with formals).
28926
28927
28928 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
28929 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
28930 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
28931 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
28932 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
28933 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
28934 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
28935 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
28936 `vhdl-testbench'.
28937
28938
28939 KEY BINDINGS:
28940 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
28941
28942
28943 VHDL MENU:
28944 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
28945
28946
28947 FILE BROWSER:
28948 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
28949 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
28950 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
28951
28952 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28953 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28954
28955
28956 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28957 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28958 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28959 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28960
28961 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28962 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28963 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28964
28965 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28966 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28967 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28968 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28969
28970 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28971 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28972 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28973 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28974 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28975
28976 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28977 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28978 required by secondary units.
28979
28980
28981 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28982 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28983 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28984 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28985 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28986 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28987 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28988 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28989 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28990 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28991 inputs to this component -> input port created
28992 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28993 outputs from this component -> output port created
28994 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28995 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28996
28997 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28998 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28999 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29000 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29001 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29002
29003 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29004 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29005
29006 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29007 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29008 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29009 component instantiation is also supported (option
29010 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29011
29012 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29013 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29014 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29015 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29016 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29017 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29018 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29019 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29020 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29021 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29022 | generating the configuration.
29023 |
29024 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29025 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29026 | configurations in speedbar.
29027
29028 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29029
29030
29031 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29032 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29033 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29034 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29035 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29036 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29037 information. New compilers can be added.
29038
29039 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29040 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29041
29042
29043 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29044 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29045 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29046 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29047 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29048
29049 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29050 command:
29051
29052 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29053 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29054 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29055
29056 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29057 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29058 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29059 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29060 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29061 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29062 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29063
29064 Limitations:
29065 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29066 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29067 not (yet) supported.
29068 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29069 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29070 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29071
29072
29073 PROJECTS:
29074 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29075 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29076 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29077 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29078 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29079 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29080 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29081 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29082
29083 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29084 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29085 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29086 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29087 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29088 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29089 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29090 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29091 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29092 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29093 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29094
29095
29096 SPECIAL MENUES:
29097 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29098 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29099 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29100 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29101 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29102 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29103 current directory for VHDL source files.
29104
29105
29106 VHDL STANDARDS:
29107 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29108 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29109
29110
29111 KEYWORD CASE:
29112 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29113 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29114 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29115 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29116 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29117 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29118 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29119 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29120
29121
29122 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29123 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29124 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29125 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29126 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29127 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29128 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29129
29130 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29131 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29132 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29133 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29134 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29135 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29136
29137 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29138 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29139 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29140 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29141 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29142 visually.
29143
29144 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29145 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29146 highlighted if written in lower case.
29147
29148 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29149 highlighted using a different background color if option
29150 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29151
29152 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29153 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29154 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29155 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29156 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29157
29158
29159 USER MODELS:
29160 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29161 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29162 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29163
29164
29165 HIDE/SHOW:
29166 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29167 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29168 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29169 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29170 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29171
29172
29173 CODE UPDATING:
29174 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29175 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29176 Limitations:
29177 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29178 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29179 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29180 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29181 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29182 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29183 (used to obtain the port names).
29184
29185
29186 CODE FIXING:
29187 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29188 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29189
29190
29191 PRINTING:
29192 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29193 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29194 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29195 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29196 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29197 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29198 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29199 printers.
29200
29201
29202 OPTIONS:
29203 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29204 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29205 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29206 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29207 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29208
29209 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29210 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29211 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29212 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29213 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29214 INSTALL file).
29215
29216 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29217 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29218
29219
29220 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29221 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29222 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29223 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29224
29225 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29226
29227
29228 HINTS:
29229 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29230 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29231
29232 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29233
29234 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29235
29236 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29237
29238
29239 RELEASE NOTES:
29240 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29241
29242
29243 Maintenance:
29244 ------------
29245
29246 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29247 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29248
29249 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29250
29251 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29252 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29253 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29254 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29255
29256 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29257 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29258 where the latest version can be found.
29259
29260
29261 Known problems:
29262 ---------------
29263
29264 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29265 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29266 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29267
29268
29269 The VHDL Mode Authors
29270 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29271
29272 Key bindings:
29273 -------------
29274
29275 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29276
29277 \(fn)" t nil)
29278
29279 ;;;***
29280 \f
29281 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17102 18541))
29282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29283
29284 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29285 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29286 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29287 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29288
29289 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29290 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29291 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29292 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29293 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29294
29295 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29296 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29297
29298 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29299
29300 * Limitations and unsupported features
29301 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29302 not supported.
29303 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29304 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29305
29306 * Modifications
29307 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29308 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29309 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29310 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29311 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29312 for undoing a repeated change command.
29313 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29314 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29315 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29316
29317 * Extensions
29318 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29319 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29320 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29321 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29322 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29323 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29324 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29325 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29326
29327 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29328
29329 \(fn)" t nil)
29330
29331 ;;;***
29332 \f
29333 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29334 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29335 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29336 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17102 18783))
29337 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29338
29339 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29340 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29341
29342 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29343
29344 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29345 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29346 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29347 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29348
29349 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29350
29351 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29352 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29353
29354 \(fn)" t nil)
29355
29356 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29357 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29358 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29359 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29360
29361 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29362
29363 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29364 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29365
29366 \(fn)" t nil)
29367
29368 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29369 Not documented
29370
29371 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29372
29373 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29374 Not documented
29375
29376 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29377
29378 ;;;***
29379 \f
29380 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29381 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29382 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17297
29383 ;;;;;; 52533))
29384 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29385
29386 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29387 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29388 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29389 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29390
29391 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29392
29393 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29394 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29395 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29396 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29397 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29398 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29399 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29400
29401 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29402
29403 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29404
29405 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29406 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29407 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29408 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29409 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29410 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29411 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29412 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29413
29414 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29415
29416 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29417
29418 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29419 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29420 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29421 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29422 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29423 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29424 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29425 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29426
29427 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29428
29429 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29430
29431 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29432 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29433 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29434 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29435 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29436 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29437 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29438
29439 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29440
29441 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29442 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29443 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29444
29445 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29446
29447 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29448 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29449 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29450 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29451 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29452 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29453 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29454 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29455
29456 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29457
29458 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29459 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29460 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29461
29462 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29463
29464 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29465 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29466 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29467 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29468 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29469 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29470 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29471 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29472
29473 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29474
29475 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29476 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29477 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29478
29479 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29480
29481 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29482 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29483 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29484
29485 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29486 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29487 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29488 read-only.
29489 \\<view-mode-map>
29490 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29491 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29492 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29493 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29494 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29495
29496 H, h, ? This message.
29497 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29498 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29499 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29500 > move to the end of buffer.
29501 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29502 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29503 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29504 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29505 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29506 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29507 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29508 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29509 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29510 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29511 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29512 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29513 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29514 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29515 Use this to view a changing file.
29516 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29517 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29518 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29519 . set the mark.
29520 x exchanges point and mark.
29521 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29522 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29523 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29524 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29525 ' go to position saved in character register.
29526 s do forward incremental search.
29527 r do reverse incremental search.
29528 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29529 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29530 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29531 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29532 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29533 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29534 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29535 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29536 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29537 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29538 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29539 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29540 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29541 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29542 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29543 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29544 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29545
29546 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29547 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29548 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29549 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29550 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29551 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29552 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29553 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29554 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29555
29556 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29557
29558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29559
29560 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29561 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29562 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29563 `view-return-to-alist'.
29564 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29565 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29566 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29567
29568 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29569 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29570 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29571 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29572 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29573 1) nil Do nothing.
29574 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29575 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29576 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29577 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29578
29579 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29580
29581 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29582
29583 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29584
29585 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29586 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29587
29588 \(fn)" t nil)
29589
29590 ;;;***
29591 \f
29592 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17239
29593 ;;;;;; 32279))
29594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29595
29596 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29597 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
29598
29599 \(fn)" nil nil)
29600
29601 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
29602 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
29603
29604 \(fn)" t nil)
29605
29606 ;;;***
29607 \f
29608 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29609 ;;;;;; (17373 34254))
29610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
29611
29612 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
29613 Toggle Viper on/off.
29614 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
29615
29616 \(fn)" t nil)
29617
29618 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
29619 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
29620
29621 \(fn)" t nil)
29622
29623 ;;;***
29624 \f
29625 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
29626 ;;;;;; (17148 25100))
29627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
29628
29629 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
29630 Function to generate warning prefixes.
29631 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
29632 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
29633 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
29634 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
29635 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
29636 the beginning of the warning.")
29637
29638 (defvar warning-series nil "\
29639 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
29640 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
29641 which is the start of the current series; it means that
29642 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
29643 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
29644 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
29645 also call that function before the next warning.")
29646
29647 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29648 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29649
29650 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29651 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29652 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29653 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29654
29655 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29656 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29657 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29658 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29659 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29660 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29661
29662 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29663 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29664
29665 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29666 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29667 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29668 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29669 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29670 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29671
29672 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29673 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29674
29675 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29676
29677 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29678 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29679
29680 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29681
29682 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29683 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29684 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29685 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29686
29687 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29688 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29689 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29690 can be whatever you like.)
29691
29692 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29693 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29694
29695 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29696 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29697 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29698 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29699 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29700
29701 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29702
29703 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29704 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29705 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29706 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29707 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29708
29709 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29710
29711 ;;;***
29712 \f
29713 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29714 ;;;;;; (17350 52783))
29715 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29716
29717 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29718 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29719 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29720 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29721 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29722 in disk.
29723
29724 See `wdired-mode'.
29725
29726 \(fn)" t nil)
29727
29728 ;;;***
29729 \f
29730 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17333 17859))
29731 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29732
29733 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29734 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29735
29736 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29737 hotlist.
29738
29739 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29740 <nwv@acm.org>.
29741
29742 \(fn)" t nil)
29743
29744 ;;;***
29745 \f
29746 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29747 ;;;;;; (17159 1491))
29748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29749 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29750 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29751
29752 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29753
29754 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29755 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29756 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29758 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29759
29760 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29761
29762 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29763
29764 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29765 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29766 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29767 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29768
29769 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29770 and off otherwise.
29771
29772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29773
29774 ;;;***
29775 \f
29776 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29777 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29778 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29779 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29780 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29781 ;;;;;; (17244 43740))
29782 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29783
29784 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29785 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29786
29787 \(fn)" t nil)
29788
29789 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29790 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29791
29792 \(fn)" t nil)
29793
29794 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29795 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29796
29797 \(fn)" t nil)
29798
29799 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29800 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29801
29802 \(fn)" t nil)
29803
29804 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29805 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29806
29807 \(fn)" t nil)
29808
29809 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29810 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29811 These are:
29812 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29813 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29814 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29815 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29816 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29817
29818 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29819 and:
29820 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29821 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29822
29823 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29824
29825 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29826 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29827
29828 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29829
29830 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29831 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29832 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29833
29834 \(fn)" t nil)
29835
29836 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29837 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29838
29839 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29840
29841 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29842
29843 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29844 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29845 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29847 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29848
29849 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29850
29851 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29852
29853 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29854 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29855 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29856
29857 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29858 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29859
29860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29861
29862 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29863 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29864 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29865
29866 \(fn)" t nil)
29867
29868 ;;;***
29869 \f
29870 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
29871 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17148 25069))
29872 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
29873
29874 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
29875 Browse the widget under point.
29876
29877 \(fn POS)" t nil)
29878
29879 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
29880 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
29881
29882 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
29883
29884 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
29885 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
29886
29887 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
29888
29889 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
29890 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
29891 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29892
29893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29894
29895 ;;;***
29896 \f
29897 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
29898 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17369
29899 ;;;;;; 18495))
29900 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
29901
29902 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
29903 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29904
29905 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29906
29907 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29908 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29909 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29910
29911 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29912
29913 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29914 Create widget of TYPE.
29915 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29916
29917 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29918
29919 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29920 Delete WIDGET.
29921
29922 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29923
29924 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29925 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29926
29927 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29928
29929 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
29930
29931 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
29932 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
29933 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
29934
29935 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
29936 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
29937
29938 \(fn)" nil nil)
29939
29940 ;;;***
29941 \f
29942 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
29943 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17159
29944 ;;;;;; 1472))
29945 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
29946
29947 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
29948 Select the window to the left of the current one.
29949 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29950 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29951 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
29952 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29953 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29954
29955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29956
29957 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
29958 Select the window above the current one.
29959 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
29960 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
29961 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
29962 negative ARG) of the current window.
29963 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29964
29965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29966
29967 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
29968 Select the window to the right of the current one.
29969 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29970 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29971 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29972 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29973 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29974
29975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29976
29977 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29978 Select the window below the current one.
29979 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29980 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29981 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29982 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29983 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29984
29985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29986
29987 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29988 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29989 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29990 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29991
29992 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29993
29994 ;;;***
29995 \f
29996 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29997 ;;;;;; (17148 25072))
29998 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
29999
30000 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30001 Toggle Winner mode.
30002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30003 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30004
30005 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30006
30007 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30008 Toggle Winner mode.
30009 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30010
30011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30012
30013 ;;;***
30014 \f
30015 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30016 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17239 32255))
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30018
30019 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30020 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30021 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30022 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30023 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30024 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30025 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30026 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30027
30028 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30029 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30030
30031 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30032
30033 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30034 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30035
30036 \(fn)" t nil)
30037
30038 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30039 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30040 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30041 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30042 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30043 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30044 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30045 `woman' command for further details.
30046
30047 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30048
30049 ;;;***
30050 \f
30051 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30052 ;;;;;; (17205 6084))
30053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30054
30055 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30056 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30057
30058 BUGS:
30059 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30060 are not implemented
30061 - Options for search and replace
30062 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30063 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30064
30065 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30066 Emacs-like.
30067
30068 The key bindings are:
30069
30070 C-a backward-word
30071 C-b fill-paragraph
30072 C-c scroll-up-line
30073 C-d forward-char
30074 C-e previous-line
30075 C-f forward-word
30076 C-g delete-char
30077 C-h backward-char
30078 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30079 C-j help-for-help
30080 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30081 C-l ws-repeat-search
30082 C-n open-line
30083 C-p quoted-insert
30084 C-r scroll-down-line
30085 C-s backward-char
30086 C-t kill-word
30087 C-u keyboard-quit
30088 C-v overwrite-mode
30089 C-w scroll-down
30090 C-x next-line
30091 C-y kill-complete-line
30092 C-z scroll-up
30093
30094 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30095 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30096 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30097 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30098 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30099 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30100 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30101 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30102 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30103 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30104 C-k b ws-begin-block
30105 C-k c ws-copy-block
30106 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30107 C-k f find-file
30108 C-k h ws-show-markers
30109 C-k i ws-indent-block
30110 C-k k ws-end-block
30111 C-k p ws-print-block
30112 C-k q kill-emacs
30113 C-k r insert-file
30114 C-k s save-some-buffers
30115 C-k t ws-mark-word
30116 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30117 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30118 C-k v ws-move-block
30119 C-k w ws-write-block
30120 C-k x kill-emacs
30121 C-k y ws-delete-block
30122
30123 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30124 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30125 C-o j justify-current-line
30126 C-o k kill-buffer
30127 C-o l list-buffers
30128 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30129 C-o r set-fill-column
30130 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30131 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30132 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30133 C-o wo other-window
30134 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30135
30136 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30137 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30138 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30139 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30140 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30141 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30142 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30143 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30144 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30145 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30146 C-q a ws-query-replace
30147 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30148 C-q c end-of-buffer
30149 C-q d end-of-line
30150 C-q f ws-search
30151 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30152 C-q l ws-undo
30153 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30154 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30155 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30156 C-q w ws-last-error
30157 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30158 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30159
30160 \(fn)" t nil)
30161
30162 ;;;***
30163 \f
30164 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30165 ;;;;;; (17377 27370))
30166 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30167
30168 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30169 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30170 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30171 Returns the top node with all its children.
30172 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30173 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30174
30175 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30176
30177 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30178 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30179 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30180 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30181 is not well-formed XML.
30182 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30183 and returned as the first element of the list.
30184 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30185
30186 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30187
30188 ;;;***
30189 \f
30190 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17332
30191 ;;;;;; 49142))
30192 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30193
30194 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30195 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30196 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30198 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30199
30200 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30201
30202 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30203
30204 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30205 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30206 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30207
30208 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30209 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30210 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30211 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30212 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30213 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30214
30215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30216
30217 ;;;***
30218 \f
30219 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30220 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17148 25154))
30221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30222
30223 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30224 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30225
30226 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30227
30228 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30229 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30230
30231 \(fn)" nil nil)
30232
30233 ;;;***
30234 \f
30235 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30236 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17297 52533))
30237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30238
30239 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30240 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30241
30242 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30243
30244 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30245 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30246
30247 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30248
30249 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30250 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30251 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30252
30253 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30254
30255 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30256 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30257
30258 \(fn)" t nil)
30259
30260 ;;;***
30261 \f
30262 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17239 32366))
30263 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30264
30265 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30266 Zone out, completely.
30267
30268 \(fn)" t nil)
30269
30270 ;;;***
30271 \f
30272 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30273 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17140 20945))
30274 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30275
30276 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30277 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30278
30279 \(fn)" t nil)
30280
30281 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30282 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30283
30284 Zone-mode does two things:
30285
30286 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30287 when saving the file
30288
30289 - fontification
30290
30291 \(fn)" t nil)
30292
30293 ;;;***
30294 \f
30295 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
30296 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
30297 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
30298 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
30299 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
30300 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
30301 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
30302 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
30303 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
30304 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
30305 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
30306 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
30307 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
30308 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
30309 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
30310 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30311 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30312 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30313 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30314 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
30315 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30316 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30317 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30318 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30319 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30320 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30321 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
30322 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
30323 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
30324 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
30325 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30327 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30328 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30329 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30330 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30331 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30332 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-identd.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
30333 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
30334 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
30335 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
30336 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
30337 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
30338 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
30339 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
30340 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30341 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30342 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
30343 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30344 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
30345 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30346 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30347 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
30348 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
30349 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
30350 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30351 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30352 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30353 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30354 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30355 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30356 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30357 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30358 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30359 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30360 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30361 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30362 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30363 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30364 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30365 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30366 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30367 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30368 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30369 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30370 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30371 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30372 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30373 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30374 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30375 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30376 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30377 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30378 ;;;;;; "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
30379 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
30380 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
30381 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
30382 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
30383 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
30384 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
30385 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
30386 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
30387 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
30388 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
30389 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
30390 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
30391 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
30392 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
30393 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30394 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30395 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30396 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30397 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30398 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30399 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30400 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30401 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30402 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30403 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30404 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30405 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30406 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30407 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30408 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30409 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30410 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30411 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
30412 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
30413 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
30414 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
30415 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
30416 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
30417 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
30418 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
30419 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
30420 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el"
30421 ;;;;;; "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el"
30422 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el"
30423 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
30424 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el"
30425 ;;;;;; "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el"
30426 ;;;;;; "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el"
30427 ;;;;;; "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el"
30428 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
30429 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30430 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
30431 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
30432 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
30433 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
30434 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
30435 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el"
30436 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30437 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30438 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30439 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30440 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17381 36573 585655))
30441
30442 ;;;***
30443 \f
30444 ;;; Local Variables:
30445 ;;; version-control: never
30446 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
30447 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
30448 ;;; End:
30449 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here